See in Reader
4436 lines
1.6 MiB
4436 lines
1.6 MiB
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||
LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Luke\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)\n2. Prologue\n * The birth of John the Baptist (1:5–80)\n * The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1–51)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–20)\n * The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21–4:13)\n3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14–9:50)\n4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem\n * Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51–13:21)\n * Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22–17:10)\n * Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11–19:27)\n5. Jesus in Jerusalem\n * Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28–44)\n * Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45–21:38)\n * Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1–24:53)\n\n### What is the Gospel of Luke about?\n\nThe Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Luke?\n\nThis book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\n“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nLuke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?\n\nLuke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nPassages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke\n\nULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
|
||
LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 who … were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitnesses** describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 2 z9dq figs-metonymy ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word Here, **word** describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 2 l000 figs-metaphor ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 3 fud1 writing-background παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς 1 having carefully investigated everything from the beginning Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 1 3 l001 figs-youformal σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 you … most excellent Theophilus If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||
LUK 1 3 nr63 κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 most excellent Theophilus Luke is dedicating this work to **Theophilus**, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
|
||
LUK 1 3 vhj8 κράτιστε 1 most excellent Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
|
||
LUK 1 3 h7q1 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus The name **Theophilus** means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 1 4 l002 figs-activepassive ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things that you have been taught If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 4 l003 figs-explicit ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things that you have been taught Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 gb16 writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In the days of Herod, king of Judea This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 l004 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In the days of Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 a4q9 writing-participants ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις 1 there was a certain priest This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 l228 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά 1 from the division of Abijah Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 gzw1 translate-names Ἀβιά 1 Abijah **Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 d3ua figs-metaphor γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 his wife was from the daughters of Aaron Here, the word **daughters** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 5 nnu9 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 from the daughters of Aaron This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 6 uu87 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in front of God Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 6 csc9 figs-doublet πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The words **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 1 7 c7cj grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 But The word **But** indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 1 7 l010 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 they had both advanced in their days To have moved forward or to have **advanced** means to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 7 l011 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 they had both advanced in their days Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 8 jr7f writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 8 l012 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in his performing as priest in the order of his division If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in his performing as priest before God The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 8 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν 1 in his performing as priest The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 8 wed9 writing-background ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 1 9 vq5g writing-background κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε 1 according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 1 9 pa9c translate-unknown ἔλαχε 1 came up by lot A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 1 9 l013 grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense The ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 9 ph9z translate-unknown τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι 1 to burn incense The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 1 10 bjl6 figs-hyperbole πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the whole crowd of the people This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 1 10 ntl8 figs-explicit ἔξω 1 outside The word **outside** refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 10 uwu7 figs-metaphor τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος 1 at the hour of the incense offering The word **hour** means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 11 b8b7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Then The word **Then** indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||
LUK 1 11 c8ss figs-idiom ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him The two phrases **Zechariah was troubled** and **fear fell on him** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “When he saw him, Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 12 d1zm figs-explicit ἰδών 1 when he saw him The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 12 l014 figs-metaphor φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell upon him Luke is using the expression **fell upon** to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 12 sfb1 figs-personification φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell upon him Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 1 13 ki8l figs-imperative μὴ φοβοῦ 1 Do not be afraid While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Zechariah something to help and encourage him. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 1 13 es4l figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου 1 your prayer has been heard If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 13 l015 figs-idiom εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου 1 your prayer has been heard This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 13 l016 figs-declarative καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην 1 you will call his name John The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 1 13 l017 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην 1 call his name John The expression **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 14 n654 figs-doublet ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις 1 there will be joy and gladness to you The words **joy** and **gladness** mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 1 14 q1p8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ 1 at his birth The word **at** introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 15 td57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔσται γὰρ μέγας 1 For he will be great The word **For** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 15 sz79 figs-metaphor ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 For he will be great before the Lord The expression **before the Lord** means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 15 abc2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ πίῃ 1 he must never drink The phrase **must never** translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 1 15 hgb9 figs-activepassive Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 15 l019 figs-metaphor Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the **Holy Spirit** would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 15 ie95 ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 even from his mother’s womb Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
|
||
LUK 1 16 x36x figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον 1 he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord To **turn** a person **back** means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 16 l020 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 many of the sons of Israel Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 c52s figs-idiom αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 he will go before him To **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 p472 figs-doublet ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία 1 in the spirit and power of Elijah In this context, the words **spirit** and **power** mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 l022 figs-hendiadys ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία 1 in the spirit and power of Elijah Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **power** may tell what kind of **spirit** Elijah had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 w32h figs-personification ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel speaks of **hearts** as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 qe48 figs-synecdoche ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10–14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 l024 figs-explicit ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 l025 figs-explicit ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων 1 to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient … of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 1 17 ujs1 figs-explicit λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον 1 a people prepared You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 18 asn2 figs-explicit κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο 1 How will I know this Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For The word **For** introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 18 l027 figs-idiom προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς 1 my wife is advanced in her days Zechariah is using two idioms. As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to be **advanced** means to have aged, and **days** refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 19 l028 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν 1 answering the angel said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 1 19 p3jn figs-declarative ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am Gabriel, the one standing before God **Gabriel** says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 1 19 yp6z figs-metaphor ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the one standing before God To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 19 pd7h figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ 1 I was sent to speak to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 20 x9qk figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 20 l030 figs-explicit ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι 1 you will be silent, and not able to speak The implication is that God will make this happen, to show that Zechariah should have believed what Gabriel told him. Alternate translation: “God will make you completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 20 g5t1 figs-doublet σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι 1 silent, and not able to speak These two phrases mean the same thing. Gabriel uses the repetition to emphasize how complete the silence of Zechariah will be. Alternate translation: “completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 1 20 q6y3 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου 1 you did not believe my words Gabriel uses the term **words** to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 20 l031 figs-activepassive οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται 1 which will be fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 20 hgu3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν 1 in their time This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 21 e14e grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ 1 And The word **And** marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||
LUK 1 22 h6vt grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός 1 they concluded that he had seen a vision in the temple; and he was making signs to them, and remained unable to speak If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 22 r2ak figs-explicit ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ 1 they perceived that he had seen a vision Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in [1:19](../01/19.md) that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 23 duy9 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 23 l032 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ 1 when the days of his priestly service were fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 23 l033 figs-idiom αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ 1 the days of his priestly service Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 23 sa5y figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he went away to his home This expression indicates implicitly that Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Luke indicates in [1:39](../01/39.md) that Zechariah and Elizabeth lived instead in a city in the hill country of Judah, the area to the south of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he traveled back to his hometown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 24 l034 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And The word **And** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 1 24 cda2 figs-idiom μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 after these days Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 24 kpw1 figs-explicit περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε 1 she hid herself for five months This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for **five months**, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 25 w8yq figs-exclamations οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1 Thus the Lord has done for me This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 1 25 z1xr figs-explicit οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1 Thus the Lord has done for me It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the **Lord** has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 25 pn2a figs-idiom ἐπεῖδεν 1 he looked upon me Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 25 lx3p figs-explicit ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 to take away my disgrace among people By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 1 26 rl4c figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the angel Gabriel was sent from God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 1 27 tzh2 figs-metaphor ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 27 l040 writing-background ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 1 28 i7h4 figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 Rejoice The word **Rejoice** was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 28 bp2n κεχαριτωμένη 1 favored one Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
|
||
LUK 1 28 jmq9 figs-idiom ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ 1 The Lord is with you The expression **with you** is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 29 l042 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ 1 by his words Luke is using the term **words** to mean what Gabriel said by using words. Alternate translation: “by what he said” or “when he said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 29 ytx7 διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος 1 she was considering what kind of greeting this might be Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
|
||
LUK 1 30 l043 grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 30 d3rx figs-imperative μὴ φοβοῦ 1 Do not be afraid While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 1 30 a3eb figs-activepassive εὗρες…χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 you have found favor with God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 31 l044 figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold As in [1:20](../01/20.md), **behold** is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 31 fi5q figs-explicitinfo συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν 1 you will conceive in your womb and bear a son The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 1 31 l045 figs-declarative καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 you will call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 1 31 l046 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 32 l048 figs-idiom Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 32 z74z figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 32 lwd9 figs-metonymy δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David The **throne** represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 32 l049 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 33 l051 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ 1 the house of Jacob In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 33 l053 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 to the ages This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 33 q516 figs-litotes τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end of his kingship This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 1 33 l054 figs-abstractnouns τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end of his kingship The abstract noun **kingship** refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 34 cf3b figs-explicit πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο 1 How will this be The implication is that even though Mary did not understand how this could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen. This is clear from the way that Gabriel responds positively and encouragingly to her, by contrast to the way he rebuked Zechariah in [1:18](../01/18.md) for his similar-sounding question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I believe you, though I do not understand how this could happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 34 fqt7 figs-euphemism ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω 1 I have not known a man Mary uses a polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “I have never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 l055 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν 1 answering the angel said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 l056 figs-parallelism Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι 1 The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 x53s figs-metaphor δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι 1 the power of the Most High will overshadow you It was the **power** of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 l057 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 l058 figs-idiom διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **Therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these two passive forms by stating the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 35 l059 figs-parallelism τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 36 lx9k figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 she also has conceived a son in her old age Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
|
||
LUK 1 36 hck2 figs-idiom οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ 1 this is the sixth month for her This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 36 l060 figs-idiom τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ 1 who was called barren This is a further use of the idiom also found in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [1:35](../01/35.md) in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 37 v42f grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 37 g7yt figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 every word will not be impossible for God If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 1 37 l061 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 every word will not be impossible for God Here, the term **word** could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 38 tef1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Here, **Behold** means more literally “Look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 38 kw3g figs-metaphor ἡ δούλη Κυρίου 1 the female servant of the Lord By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 38 b9ax γένοιτό μοι 1 May it happen to me Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternate translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
|
||
LUK 1 38 l062 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Here, the term **word** describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent ἀναστᾶσα δὲ Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then … in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time, Mary arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 39 l063 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 39 wj5i figs-idiom ἀναστᾶσα 1 arose This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 39 sii5 figs-explicit τὴν ὀρινὴν 1 the hill country The **hill country** was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 40 ee51 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς 1 entered into The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 41 bx82 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 41 v99g writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 in her womb The pronoun **her** refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 41 ya5v figs-metaphor ἐσκίρτησεν 1 leaped Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby **leaped**, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 41 l064 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 41 l065 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit Luke speaks as if **Elizabeth** was a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 42 r4ka figs-hendiadys ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν 1 she exclaimed in a loud voice and said The expression **exclaimed … and said** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exclaimed** indicates that what was **said** was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 1 42 f69c figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 in a loud voice This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her **voice**. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 42 t5e8 figs-idiom ἐν γυναιξίν 1 among women The expression **among women** is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could express that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 42 bnl2 figs-metaphor ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου 1 the fruit of your womb Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the **fruit** that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 43 k63f figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ? 1 And whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me? Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 1 43 l066 figs-idiom πόθεν μοι τοῦτο 1 whence is this to me The expression **whence {is} this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 43 tiu4 figs-123person ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 the mother of my Lord Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||
LUK 1 44 uq3j figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 44 h54t figs-metaphor ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου 1 as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 44 u9db figs-metaphor ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 leaped for joy As in [1:41](../01/41.md), **leaped** is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 45 kf73 figs-123person ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 she who believed … the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 1 45 gc1e figs-activepassive ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 45 g8rc figs-explicit ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word **from** because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see [1:26](../01/26.md)), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 46 vxj4 figs-synecdoche μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul magnifies The word **soul** refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 1 47 jp51 figs-synecdoche ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 and my spirit has rejoiced The word **spirit** also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 1 47 l067 figs-parallelism ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 and my spirit has rejoiced This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 47 hgz7 figs-idiom ἠγαλλίασεν 1 has rejoiced Mary is speaking as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 48 zhr5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 48 k3fv figs-idiom ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ 1 looked upon As in [1:25](../01/25.md), **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 48 tg6y figs-metonymy τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ 1 the low condition of his female servant Mary is speaking of her **low condition** to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 48 gsy2 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 48 l37l figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί 1 all generations Mary uses the term **generations** to mean the people who will be born in all future generations. Alternate translation: “the people of all future generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 49 xng2 figs-metonymy ὁ δυνατός 1 the Mighty One Here, Mary is describing God by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
|
||
LUK 1 49 ze9y figs-metonymy ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name is holy Mary is using the term **name** to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 50 ijs2 figs-idiom εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς 1 is unto generation and generation This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 50 l068 figs-idiom τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν 1 those who fear him In this context, **fearing** does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 51 pb8u figs-metonymy ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ 1 He has done mighty deeds with his arm Mary is using the term **arm** to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 51 s51c figs-metaphor διεσκόρπισεν 1 he has scattered The word **scattered** describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 51 nt8x figs-metaphor ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 those who are proud in the thoughts of their hearts The term **hearts** represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 52 ty2j figs-metonymy καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων 1 He has thrown down rulers from their thrones A “throne” is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If rulers are brought down from their **thrones**, that means they no longer have the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 52 l069 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The word **and** indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 1 52 ee3q figs-metaphor ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς 1 he has raised up the lowly In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 52 yuu2 figs-nominaladj ταπεινούς 1 the lowly Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 1 53 z2he grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 but The word **but** once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 1 54 d8g6 translate-versebridge 0 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:54](../01/54.md) and [1:55](../01/55.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 1 54 l070 figs-personification Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Mary is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 1 54 g5u1 figs-metaphor παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his servant The term **servant** refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 54 hyt3 figs-idiom μνησθῆναι ἐλέους 1 to remember his mercy In this context, the phrase **to remember his mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 55 qc9k figs-metaphor καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 as he spoke to our fathers Here, the word **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 55 by4a figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 to his seed The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 55 l072 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 56 l073 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 1 56 nt87 writing-pronouns ἔμεινεν…Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς 1 Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 57 hfk3 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 1 57 l074 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος 1 the time was fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 57 dd2i τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 for her to deliver Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
|
||
LUK 1 58 j2xc figs-metaphor ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς 1 had magnified his mercy to her Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 58 l075 figs-explicit ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς 1 had magnified his mercy to her The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 59 f4ul writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 59 l076 translate-unknown ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 1 59 gm1k translate-ordinal ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 1 59 ya7d figs-explicit ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον 1 they came to circumcise the child In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 59 ip8w figs-idiom ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν 1 they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 60 l077 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν 1 answering his mother said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 1 60 l078 figs-activepassive κληθήσεται 1 he will be called If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 61 t4e7 figs-explicit οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name The expression **this name** means specifically the name John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 61 l079 figs-activepassive καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 is called by this name If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 62 ium2 figs-explicit ἐνένευον…τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 they made signs to his father Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 62 w3kq figs-activepassive τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό 1 as to what he wanted him to be called If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 63 gn28 figs-explicit αἰτήσας 1 asking for It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was **asking**, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 63 qu93 translate-unknown πινακίδιον 1 a writing tablet This was a wooden **tablet** covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 1 64 sdg1 figs-parallelism ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ 1 his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 64 l080 figs-metonymy ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ 1 his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 64 mi2u figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ 1 his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 65 l081 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 1 65 qw1j figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes **fear** as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 1 65 l082 figs-idiom ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς 1 fear came on all those who lived around them In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 65 l083 figs-explicit ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 65 g7uh figs-hyperbole πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ 1 all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 1 65 pz97 figs-activepassive διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 all these matters were being talked about If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 66 c7xf figs-ellipsis ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 all who heard stored in their hearts Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 1 66 l6lt figs-metaphor ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 stored in their hearts Luke is speaking of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 66 dgq4 figs-rquestion τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται? 1 What then will this child become? The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 1 66 xm9c figs-metaphor χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the hand of the Lord was with him In this expression, the **hand** represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 67 lvd6 figs-activepassive Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 67 l084 figs-metaphor Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit Luke speaks as if **Zechariah** were a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 67 fs5y writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων 1 prophesied, saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 1 68 l085 figs-personification ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel Luke is referring to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 1 68 jx5n figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 68 d67v figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 he has visited … his people Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 69 l086 figs-metaphor ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 69 g11u figs-metonymy ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 69 fb9f figs-metonymy ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David’s **house** represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 69 l087 figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David The implication is that as a descendant of **David**, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 69 l088 figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David was not actually a **servant**, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 70 x1q1 figs-metonymy ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…προφητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets God speaking by the **mouth** of the **prophets** represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 70 l089 figs-idiom ἀπ’ αἰῶνος 1 from an age This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 71 d13g figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν 1 salvation from our enemies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 71 aye3 figs-doublet ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς 1 from our enemies and from the hand of all those who hate us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 1 71 c6n9 figs-metonymy χειρὸς 1 hand The **hand** represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 72 w97a figs-parallelism ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ 1 to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant The two phrases in this verse say basically the same thing. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including the content of both phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling the special agreement he made with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 1 72 l090 figs-explicit ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ 1 to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could state explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 72 l091 figs-metaphor ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 to show mercy to our fathers Here, the term **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 72 z5wj figs-idiom καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ 1 and to remember his holy covenant In this context, the term **remember** describes God thinking about the Israelites and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had forgotten about them. Alternate translation: “by fulfilling the special agreement he made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 73 l092 figs-metaphor Ἀβραὰμ, τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν 1 Abraham, our father Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “our ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 73 sk92 figs-metaphor τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν 1 to grant to us Zechariah is using the term **grant**, meaning to “give,” in an idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 74 f4e4 figs-activepassive ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας 1 having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 74 gm55 figs-metonymy ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν 1 out of the hand of our enemies The **hand** represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 74 v55j figs-explicit ἀφόβως 1 fearlessly The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshiped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 75 l5n2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in holiness and righteousness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 75 tn5i figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 75 l093 figs-idiom πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν 1 all our days Here Zechariah uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 76 f6r1 figs-explicit καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον 1 And indeed, you, child Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 76 l094 figs-idiom προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 76 h2vh figs-activepassive προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 1 76 bb3g figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 of the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 76 de7t figs-idiom προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 you will go before the Lord As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 76 l095 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 to prepare his paths Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 77 l096 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 to give the knowledge of salvation to his people through the forgiveness of their sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **salvation** and **forgiveness** with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 1 77 t6d3 figs-metonymy τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 to give the knowledge of salvation to his people The phrase **to give … knowledge** is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 78 z861 figs-metaphor ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους 1 the sunrise from heaven Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 78 l097 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Zechariah uses the term **on high** to refer to God by association, since the abode of God if considered to be far above us in heaven. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 1 78 l098 figs-idiom ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς 1 will visit us As in [1:68](../01/68.md), **visit** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 sh2q figs-metaphor ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς…καθημένοις 1 to shine on those who are sitting As in [1:78](../01/78.md), light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 l099 figs-idiom τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death Here **sitting** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 k46q figs-idiom τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death The **shadow of death** is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 l100 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death Since light represents truth, **darkness** represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 cnh7 figs-doublet τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 s3eb figs-metaphor κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the word **guide** to mean “teach,” and the expression **a path of peace** to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 1 79 l101 figs-synecdoche κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the term **feet** to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 1 80 q2ax writing-newevent δὲ 1 And The word **And** introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 1 80 a8bz ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι 1 became strong in spirit This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
|
||
LUK 1 80 eh9j figs-explicit ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 he was in the wilderness This expression means implicitly that John went to live **in the wilderness**. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 1 80 qu12 ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 until the day of his public appearance The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
|
||
LUK 1 80 ie4l figs-idiom ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 the day of his public appearance Here, Luke uses the term **day** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 1 80 l102 figs-personification πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 to Israel Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 2 intro dw6t 0 # Luke 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is born in the city of Bethlehem (2:1–20)<br>2. Joseph and Mary dedicate Jesus, and Simeon and Anna speak about him (2:21–40)<br>3. Jesus goes to Jerusalem with his parents for Passover (2:41–52)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in the song of the angels about Jesus’ birth in 2:14 and in Simeon’s song about Jesus in 2:29–32.<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “his father and mother”<br><br>In [2:33](../02/33.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “his father and mother.” ULT follows that reading. Some other ancient manuscripts read “Joseph and his mother.” That reading indicates that Joseph was not the biological father of Jesus, since Mary conceived him as a virgin. However, Joseph was the adoptive father of Jesus, and so the reading “his father and mother” is not incorrect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 c887 writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 in those days This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 l103 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 in those days Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 e9m5 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that Luke uses this phrase to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that in your translation. If not, you may choose not to represent this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 gda6 figs-personification ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ 1 a decree went out from The **decree** did not go out by itself, even though Luke speaks as if it did. Messengers likely proclaimed the emperor’s command throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “sent out messengers with a decree ordering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 jtz3 writing-participants Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου 1 Caesar Augustus **Caesar** was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 l104 translate-names Αὐγούστου 1 Augustus **Augustus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 tk59 figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 for all the world to register Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 1 m39d figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 the world The term **world** refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 2 q9zw translate-names Κυρηνίου 1 Quirinius **Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 2 3 s4im writing-background ἐπορεύοντο πάντες 1 everyone was traveling Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 2 3 h5e2 figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν 1 to his own city The phrase **his own city** refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 3 d64g figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι 1 to register himself Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 4 l106 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 2 4 l107 figs-idiom ἀνέβη 1 went up Luke says **went up** because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 4 kz78 figs-explicit εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ 1 to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem Bethlehem was known as **the city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 4 l108 figs-activepassive ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ 1 which is called Bethlehem If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 4 l109 figs-hendiadys εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ 1 he was of the house and family line of David Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, **house** and **family line**, connected with **and.** The term **family line** indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 2 4 s7a7 figs-metaphor εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ 1 he was of the house and family line of David As in [1:27](../01/27.md), the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 5 ktz2 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ 1 He registered himself with Mary, who was engaged to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 2 5 ne7a figs-explicit Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ 1 Mary, who was engaged to him In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 5 l110 figs-activepassive τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ 1 who was engaged to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 6 qw6j writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 2 6 w4is figs-explicit ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ 1 while they were there The word **they** refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 6 zr62 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 the days were fulfilled for her to deliver If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 6 l111 figs-idiom ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι 1 the days were fulfilled Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 6 l112 τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 for her to deliver Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
|
||
LUK 2 7 l113 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 she wrapped him in strips of cloth and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put the second phrase before the first one, since it gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because there was no guest room available for them, she wrapped cloths tightly around him and put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 2 7 qq48 figs-explicit ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν 1 wrapped him in strips of cloth In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 7 s97r translate-unknown ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ 1 laid him in a manger A **manger** was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 2 7 yj6j figs-explicit διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 there was no room for them in the inn There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 7 l114 translate-unknown διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 because there was no room for them in the inn The word **inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 2 8 l115 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses **And** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 2 8 l116 writing-participants ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ 1 there were shepherds in that area This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 2 9 x1y4 ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 an angel of the Lord Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
|
||
LUK 2 9 u2di ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς 1 stood before them Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
|
||
LUK 2 9 ca2k figs-explicit δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς 1 the glory of the Lord shone around them The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The **glory** of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” [Isaiah 60:1](../isa/60/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 9 l117 figs-idiom ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν 1 they feared a great fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 10 hnr7 figs-imperative μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid As in [1:13](../01/13.md), while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 2 10 l118 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 10 pw8t εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
|
||
LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 2 11 l119 figs-infostructure ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 12 snr9 figs-explicit ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 the sign to you This could be: (1) a **sign** that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a **sign** to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 12 xx57 figs-explicit ἐσπαργανωμένον 1 wrapped in strips of cloth See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 12 bua3 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ 1 lying in a manger See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 2 13 b54a figs-metaphor πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου 1 a multitude of the heavenly army This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 13 e2gp figs-hendiadys αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων 1 praising God and saying Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest to God This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
|
||
LUK 2 14 y2b3 ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας 1 among men of good pleasure This could refer to: (1) God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
|
||
LUK 2 14 l121 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 2 15 au2m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 2 15 s4js figs-exclusive διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 Let us … go … let us see … to us The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 2 16 l122 figs-hendiadys ἦλθον σπεύσαντες 1 they went hastening The two verbs **went** and **hastening** express a single idea. The word **hastening** tells how they **went**. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 2 16 rdi2 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ 1 lying in the manger See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 2 17 n2qz figs-activepassive τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς 1 the message that had been told to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 18 vh9d figs-activepassive τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς 1 the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 19 reb7 figs-metaphor συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 pondering them in her heart In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 20 nqv7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες 1 the shepherds returned This means that they **returned** to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 20 c9x5 figs-doublet δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 glorifying and praising God The terms **glorifying** and **praising** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 2 20 l123 figs-activepassive καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 just as it had been spoken to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 b2k2 figs-explicit ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν 1 when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in [1:59](../01/59.md), the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 ud24 writing-newevent ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 when eight days had been fulfilled This time reference also introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 l124 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 when eight days had been fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 u6sw figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς 1 his name was called Jesus If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 l125 figs-idiom ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς 1 his name was called Jesus As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 km8b figs-activepassive τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 which he had been called by the angel If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 21 l126 figs-explicitinfo πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ 1 before he was conceived in the womb In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 2 22 q9yb figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 22 b65l figs-explicit αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 the days of their purification The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 22 l128 figs-idiom ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 they brought him up to Jerusalem Luke says that they brought him **up** to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 22 lr25 figs-explicit παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to present him to the Lord Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 23 vlb3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 just as it is written in the law of the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 23 l129 figs-activepassive πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 23 lnn1 figs-idiom πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν 1 Every male who opens the womb The phrase **opens the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 23 l130 figs-idiom ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 will be called holy to the Lord As in [1:32](../01/32.md), **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 23 l131 figs-declarative ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 will be called holy to the Lord Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 2 24 ni3s figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 what is said in the law of the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 l132 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 ytp9 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών 1 there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 l133 translate-names Συμεών 1 Simeon **Simeon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 n263 figs-doublet ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής 1 this man was righteous and devout The terms **righteous** and **devout** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 l134 figs-idiom προσδεχόμενος 1 waiting for This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 l135 figs-metonymy παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the consolation of Israel This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring **consolation**, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 l136 figs-explicit παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the consolation of Israel Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 m5au figs-personification τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 of Israel Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 2 25 xxw9 figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The Holy Spirit was upon him The word **upon** creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 26 l137 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 2 26 psf8 figs-activepassive ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 26 l138 figs-idiom μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 he would not see death before To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 26 e6vu figs-litotes μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 he would not see death before Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 2 27 k53l figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he came in the Spirit This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 27 uqr6 figs-go ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 he came … into the temple Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
LUK 2 27 y8la figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 into the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 2 27 wt3r writing-participants τοὺς γονεῖς 1 the parents This means the **parents** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 2 27 h444 figs-explicit τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22–25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 28 l139 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 and Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 2 28 y5g6 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας 1 he took him into his arms If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 2 29 l140 figs-declarative νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 You are now dismissing your servant in peace Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 2 29 l141 figs-youformal σου…σου 1 your … your Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||
LUK 2 29 e8fk figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 30 b7i6 figs-synecdoche εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου 1 my eyes have seen Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 2 30 ekw3 figs-metonymy τὸ σωτήριόν σου 1 your salvation This expression refers by association to the person who would bring **salvation**, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 31 zv1j writing-pronouns ὃ ἡτοίμασας 1 which you have prepared If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of [2:30](../02/30.md), then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said **salvation** in the previous phrase, then here you could state something like “which you have brought about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 2 31 l142 figs-metaphor κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν 1 before the face of all the peoples The term **face** represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 31 l143 figs-explicit κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν 1 before the face of all the peoples The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 32 n4k3 figs-metaphor φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ 1 A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical **light** that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 32 s5lu figs-explicit φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ 1 A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the **Gentiles** to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 33 l144 translate-textvariants ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ 1 his father and mother See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 2 33 pp9f figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 what was said about him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 xly1 εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ 1 said to Mary, his mother In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
|
||
LUK 2 34 p2cy figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Simeon uses the word **Behold** to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 rs67 figs-metonymy οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 this one is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many in Israel The word **downfall** represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression **rising up** represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 l145 figs-activepassive οὗτος κεῖται εἰς 1 this one is appointed for If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 abc4 figs-personification πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 many in Israel Simeon refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 l146 figs-explicit σημεῖον 1 a sign The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 l147 figs-activepassive ἀντιλεγόμενον 1 that is spoken against If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 34 l148 figs-metonymy ἀντιλεγόμενον 1 that is spoken against Simeon describes the opposition that Jesus will face by association with one expression of it, people speaking against him and his ministry. But this represents a wider range of hostile activities. Alternate translation: “that many people will oppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 35 l149 figs-metaphor καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία 1 and a sword will also pierce your own soul Simeon speaks of the bitter grief pangs that Mary will experience as if they were a **sword** stabbing all the way into her inner being. Alternate translation: “and you will experience deep pangs of grief yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 35 hak5 figs-activepassive ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί 1 so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 35 l150 figs-metaphor ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί 1 so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed In this expression, **hearts** represent people’s inner thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 36 kd1y writing-participants καὶ ἦν Ἅννα προφῆτις 1 And Anna was there, a prophetess Luke is introducing a new participant into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman named Anna there in the temple. She was a prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 2 36 l151 translate-names Ἅννα 1 Anna **Anna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 2 36 c7wx translate-names Φανουήλ 1 Phanuel **Phanuel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 2 36 l152 figs-idiom αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς 1 She had advanced much in days As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to have moved forward or to have **advanced** means to have aged. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 36 l153 figs-idiom αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς 1 She had advanced much in days Luke uses the term **days** to mean time in general. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 36 b9xe figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς 1 after her virginity This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “after she married him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 37 byk6 αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων 1 she was a widow for 84 years This could mean: (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
|
||
LUK 2 37 l154 figs-litotes ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 who never left the temple Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 2 37 f2lt figs-hyperbole ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 who never left the temple This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “who was continually in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 2 37 a1cg figs-idiom νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα 1 serving with fastings and prayers The term **serving** is an idiom that means “worshiping.” Alternate translation: “worshiping God by going without food and praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 37 l155 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Luke is using the two parts of a day to mean the entire day, that is, all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 2 38 c9e4 ἐπιστᾶσα 1 coming up The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
|
||
LUK 2 38 l156 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ 1 at that very hour Here, Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 38 l157 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς 1 to all those The term **all** is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 2 38 l158 figs-idiom πᾶσιν τοῖς προσδεχομένοις 1 who were waiting See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “all who were eagerly anticipating” or “everyone who was looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 38 q1ak figs-metonymy λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 the redemption of Jerusalem Luke is using the word **redemption** to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 38 l159 figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel by the name of their capital city, **Jerusalem.** Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 39 pk9z πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου 1 everything that was according to the law of the Lord Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
|
||
LUK 2 39 g5vg figs-explicit εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ 1 to their own town of Nazareth This expression means that they lived in **Nazareth**. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 40 l160 figs-activepassive ἐκραταιοῦτο 1 was strengthened If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 40 qm1q figs-activepassive πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ 1 being filled with wisdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 40 xr2p figs-metaphor χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 the grace of God was upon him As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 41 h6fr grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 2 41 q3f4 writing-pronouns οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ 1 his parents Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 2 42 l161 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 2 42 f7e7 figs-idiom ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 they went up Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **up** to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 42 d52y κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 according to the custom of the feast Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
|
||
LUK 2 42 g8aa figs-explicit τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 the feast Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a **feast** because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 43 e5en figs-activepassive τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when the days were completed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 44 y77i νομίσαντες δὲ 1 But thinking Alternate translation: “But since they thought”
|
||
LUK 2 44 jcz4 ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδὸν 1 they went a day’s journey Alternate translation: “they traveled as far as people walk in one day”
|
||
LUK 2 44 l162 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 and they sought him The word translated **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 2 44 l163 figs-explicit καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 and they sought him The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 46 llz4 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 2 46 yy11 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this implicitly means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 2 46 n1tl ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων 1 in the midst of the teachers Alternate translation: “among the teachers” or “surrounded by the teachers”
|
||
LUK 2 46 fzz6 τῶν διδασκάλων 1 the teachers Alternate translation: “the religious teachers” or “the experts in the Jewish law” or “those who taught people about God”
|
||
LUK 2 47 y1i2 figs-explicit ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ 1 all those who heard him marveled If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him, unable to understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no formal religious education could answer so well, were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 2 47 pgu4 figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 at his understanding and his answers Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **understanding** may tell what characterized Jesus’ **answers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 2 48 llk9 writing-pronouns καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν 1 And when they saw him Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 2 48 f1ry figs-rquestion τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως? 1 why have you treated us thus? Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 2 48 w361 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Mary uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 48 l164 figs-activepassive ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε 1 your father and I have been tormented searching for you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form **have been tormented** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 49 l165 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 2 49 r8eh figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με? 1 Why is it that you were searching for me? Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 2 49 va82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με? 1 Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father? Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 2 49 p6aj ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου 1 in the things of my Father This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
|
||
LUK 2 49 n76z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real **Father**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 2 50 l166 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς 1 the word that he spoke to them The term **word** refers to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 2 51 h2i9 figs-idiom καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he went down with them Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 2 51 zl2q figs-activepassive ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς 1 he was subjected to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 2 51 ceu3 figs-metaphor διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 kept all these things in her heart As in [2:19](../02/19.md), the **heart** here represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” or “reflected carefully on what all these things meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 2 52 gb25 figs-abstractnouns Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ 1 Jesus was increasing in wisdom and stature If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **stature** with adjectives. These two terms refer to mental and physical growth. Alternate translation: “Jesus steadily became wiser and stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 2 52 y5qk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 in favor with God and people If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **favor** with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 3 intro tkg5 0 # Luke 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1–22)<br>2. The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23–38)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4–6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12–15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12–15](./12.md))<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4–6 from Isaiah 40:3–5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4–6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Herod locked up John in prison”<br><br>This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
|
||
LUK 3 1 l167 writing-newevent ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 3 1 l169 writing-participants Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 Tiberius Caesar As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 3 1 l170 translate-names Τιβερίου 1 Tiberius **Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 1 uv8h translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς 1 Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 1 l171 translate-unknown τετραρχοῦντος 1 tetrarch In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 3 2 d3m8 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα 1 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding **Annas**. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law **Caiaphas** high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 2 dg8p figs-personification ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came Luke speaks of God’s message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 3 2 l172 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came The term **word** describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 3 3 l173 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 3 3 w2pu figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 zf6m figs-activepassive ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 l175 figs-metonymy λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 the words of Isaiah the prophet Luke is using the term **words** to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 b86g figs-quotemarks φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 A voice of one calling out in the wilderness From this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md), Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 l176 figs-metonymy φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 A voice of one calling out in the wilderness The term **voice** refers to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 l177 figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight Everything from this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md) is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you can translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 rzv1 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 3 4 h9xl figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 5 wk8m figs-metaphor πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται 1 Every valley will be filled, and every mountain and hill will be made low This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in [1:52](../01/52.md), “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 5 e52x figs-activepassive πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται 1 Every valley will be filled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 5 s66m figs-activepassive καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται 1 and every mountain and hill will be made low If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 5 l178 figs-metaphor ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας 1 the crooked roads will become straight, and the rough roads will become smooth This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is **crooked** becoming **straight** and something that is **rough** becoming **smooth** can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 6 l179 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 all flesh Luke is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 3 6 l180 figs-metaphor ὄψεται 1 will see The term **see** is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 6 du1b figs-abstractnouns ὄψεται…τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will see the salvation of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 3 6 l181 figs-quotesinquotes τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the salvation of God After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 3 6 l182 figs-quotemarks τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the salvation of God After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||
LUK 3 7 sxn9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 7 b724 figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 3 7 l183 translate-unknown γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 3 7 mcq5 figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you could not escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 3 7 g7tw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 from the coming wrath John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 pz16 figs-metaphor ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 produce fruits worthy of repentance John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 l184 figs-abstractnouns ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 worthy of repentance If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 l185 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’ **We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 l186 figs-metaphor πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 l187 figs-exclusive πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 l188 figs-metaphor πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 pft3 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 gbp2 figs-metaphor δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones The expression **raise up** is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 l189 figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 children for Abraham Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 8 pi82 ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων 1 from these stones John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
|
||
LUK 3 9 r5pa figs-activepassive ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is already set against the root of the trees If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 9 l190 figs-metaphor ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is already set against the root of the trees This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 9 l8it figs-activepassive πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 9 l191 figs-metaphor πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 10 ak6i figs-quotemarks ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες 1 kept asking him, saying Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||
LUK 3 11 g3ip figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 So answering he said to them Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 3 11 vuk3 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω 1 let him do the same The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 12 pp3s figs-activepassive ἦλθον…βαπτισθῆναι 1 came to be baptized If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 12 l192 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
|
||
LUK 3 13 v9ls figs-explicit μηδὲν πλέον…πράσσετε 1 Collect nothing more The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 13 m136 figs-activepassive παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν 1 than what you have been ordered If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 14 w2d8 figs-exclusive τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 And us, what should we do? The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we** and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 3 14 l3mz figs-explicit μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε 1 do not accuse falsely The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 14 bvy5 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν 1 and be contented with your wages If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 14 l193 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 4 and The word **and** introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 3 15 pgp3 grammar-connect-time-background προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 And the people were expecting Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 3 15 l194 figs-explicit προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 And the people were expecting The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 15 czb7 figs-metaphor διαλογιζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 wondering in their hearts Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “all wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 16 fn1u figs-explicit ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying to them all John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 16 l195 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I … baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I indeed baptize you using water” or “I indeed baptize you by means of water”
|
||
LUK 3 16 k3hg figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals Untying the straps of **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you … with fire The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 17 jzm4 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 17 l196 figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 3 17 b1ap translate-unknown πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 3 17 gf8n translate-unknown διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 3 17 gt3q figs-exmetaphor καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ 1 and to gather the wheat into his storehouse John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **wheat** is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 17 ky8j figs-exmetaphor τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **chaff** is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 3 18 tyj9 πολλὰ…καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν 1 also exhorting many other things Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
|
||
LUK 3 19 l197 writing-background δὲ 1 But Luke uses the term **But** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 3 19 jj3q translate-unknown ὁ…Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης 1 Herod the tetrarch See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 3 19 l198 figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 19 cu4v figs-explicit ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 3 20 p2xw figs-synecdoche κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ 1 he locked John up in prison Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “He had his soldiers lock John up in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 3 21 l199 figs-events ἐγένετο δὲ 1 and it happened that The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account that starts in this verse happened before John was arrested. UST does that by starting this verse with “but before Herod did that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
LUK 3 21 phe6 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 and it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 3 21 r2x1 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 when all the people were being baptized If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “while John was baptizing all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 21 l200 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 all the people The phrase **all the people** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 3 21 nw1s figs-activepassive καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος 1 Jesus also was baptized You could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 21 i5zg figs-activepassive ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heavens were opened You could express this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 22 q2yh figs-personification φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι 1 a voice came from heaven Luke speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 3 23 uvm3 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 3 23 d3sh figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα 1 Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 3 23 z2xa figs-activepassive ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ 1 He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 25 xdc5 translate-names τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ 1 of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 26 vt9z translate-names τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ 1 of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 27 z85v translate-names τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ 1 of Joanan, of Rhesa, of Zerubbabel, of Salathiel, of Neri This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 28 yf2b translate-names τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἀδδεὶ, τοῦ Κωσὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλμαδὰμ, τοῦ Ἢρ 1 of Melchi, of Addi, of Cosam, of Elmadam, of Er This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 29 led5 translate-names τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ Ἐλιέζερ, τοῦ Ἰωρεὶμ, τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ 1 of Joshua, of Eliezer, of Jorim, of Matthat, of Levi This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 30 s7aw translate-names τοῦ Συμεὼν, τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, τοῦ Ἰωνὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλιακεὶμ 1 of Simeon, of Judah, of Joseph, of Jonam, of Eliakim This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 31 w1m5 translate-names τοῦ Μελεὰ, τοῦ Μεννὰ, τοῦ Ματταθὰ, τοῦ Ναθὰμ, τοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 of Melea, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of David This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 32 ed2t translate-names τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, τοῦ Ἰωβὴλ, τοῦ Βόος, τοῦ Σαλὰ, τοῦ Ναασσὼν 1 of Jesse, of Obed, of Boaz, of Salmon, of Nahshon This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 33 ur9a translate-names τοῦ Ἀμιναδὰβ, τοῦ Ἀδμεὶν, τοῦ Ἀρνεὶ, τοῦ Ἑσρὼμ, τοῦ Φαρὲς, τοῦ Ἰούδα 1 of Amminadab, of Admin, of Arni, of Hezron, of Perez, of Judah This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 34 wkq5 translate-names τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχὼρ 1 of Jacob, of Isaac, of Abraham, of Terah, of Nahor This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 35 jbl1 translate-names τοῦ Σεροὺχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαὺ, τοῦ Φάλεκ, τοῦ Ἔβερ, τοῦ Σαλὰ 1 of Serug, of Reu, of Peleg, of Eber, of Shelah This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 36 xit8 translate-names τοῦ Καϊνὰμ, τοῦ Ἀρφαξὰδ, τοῦ Σὴμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ 1 of Cainan, of Arphaxad, of Shem, of Noah, of Lamech This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 37 qev8 translate-names τοῦ Μαθουσαλὰ, τοῦ Ἑνὼχ, τοῦ Ἰάρετ, τοῦ Μαλελεὴλ, τοῦ Καϊνὰμ 1 of Methuselah, of Enoch, of Jared, of Mahalaleel, of Cainan This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 38 ni8x translate-names τοῦ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ Σὴθ, τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of Enos, of Seth, of Adam, of God This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 3 38 ck3f τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of Adam, of God Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God”
|
||
LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1–13)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14–30)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31–44)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10–11 and 4:18–19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
|
||
LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 2 bls8 figs-verbs ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the **40 days**. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 2 k47d writing-pronouns καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν 1 he did not eat anything Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 4 3 bg52 figs-explicit εἶπεν…ὁ διάβολος 1 the devil said The **devil** either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 3 l202 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος 1 If you are the Son of God, speak to this stone so that it might become bread The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stone** will only become **bread** if Jesus is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 4 3 y7yf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 4 4 l203 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 4 4 kde3 figs-explicit ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται 1 Jesus to answered him, “It is written” Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 4 l204 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 It is written, ‘Man will not live on bread alone’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 4 4 hr5a figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 4 ek2z figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man will not live on bread alone The word **bread** refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 4 4 l205 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man Here, **Man** has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 4 5 wm17 figs-explicit ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν 1 he led him up The implication is that the devil brought Jesus **up** to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 5 jxi9 figs-explicitinfo ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου 1 in an instant of time In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 4 6 l206 figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 it has been handed over to me If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 6 dcx6 figs-explicit ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 it has been handed over to me The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 7 g7h9 figs-explicit σὺ…ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ 1 if you will bow in worship before me The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 7 l207 ἐνώπιον 1 before Here, the term **before** means “in front of.”
|
||
LUK 4 7 uca7 ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα 1 it will all be yours Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
|
||
LUK 4 8 v8ca figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 answering, Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 4 8 l208 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 It is written, ‘You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 4 8 m4tc figs-explicit γέγραπται 1 It is written Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 8 xj35 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 8 bch3 figs-declarative Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 4 8 q8ni figs-youcrowd προσκυνήσεις 1 You will worship Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **You** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of **You**, if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether **You** is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 4 9 g2n5 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 4 9 j9nx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 4 9 i81s figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω 1 throw yourself down from here The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 10 l209 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε 1 For it is written, ‘He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 4 10 f5dn figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 10 s2g4 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 10 nld8 writing-pronouns τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε 1 He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you **He** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 4 11 l210 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 and, ‘They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 4 11 l211 figs-synecdoche μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 lest you strike your foot against a stone The Scriptures are using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 4 12 l212 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 answering, Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 4 12 l213 figs-quotesinquotes εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 It is said, ‘You will not put the Lord your God to the test.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 4 12 fy8d figs-explicit εἴρηται 1 It is said Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 12 cf6c figs-activepassive εἴρηται 1 It is said If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 12 gf8h figs-declarative οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 You will not put the Lord your God to the test The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 4 13 nc2c figs-explicit συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν 1 when he had finished every temptation This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 13 qqd7 figs-explicit ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 until an opportune time New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase **an opportune time** to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 14 yfc3 writing-newevent καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 4 14 ht5k figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 in the power of the Spirit This phrase means that God, by the Holy **Spirit**, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 14 dhj7 figs-personification φήμη ἐξῆλθεν…περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him went out Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 4 14 hah9 καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 1 throughout the entire surrounding region Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
|
||
LUK 4 15 ik8g figs-activepassive δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων 1 being praised by all If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 16 l214 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 4 16 ulb1 figs-activepassive οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος 1 where he had been raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 16 g4sv κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ 1 according to his custom Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
|
||
LUK 4 17 l215 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 4 17 i9hn figs-activepassive ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου 1 the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 17 l216 figs-explicit ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου 1 the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 17 x52a translate-unknown βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου 1 the scroll of the prophet Isaiah A **scroll** was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that **Isaiah** had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a **scroll** is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 4 17 w5s9 figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον 1 the place where it was written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 18 h1rm figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 4 18 q96y figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν με 1 he has anointed me In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 the poor … the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 4 18 a9wn κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν 1 to proclaim freedom to the captives Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
|
||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
|
||
LUK 4 18 utq5 figs-activepassive ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει 1 to set free those who are oppressed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 19 z262 figs-idiom κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν 1 to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord Luke is using the term **year** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 20 sm11 figs-explicit πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον 1 rolling up the scroll A **scroll** was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 20 ehx3 translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the attendant The **attendant** refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 4 20 l217 figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he sat down Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 20 pu89 figs-synecdoche πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 1 all the eyes in the synagogue Luke is using one part of people, their **eyes**, to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 4 21 l218 figs-idiom σήμερον 1 Today **Today** refers to the present moment. Alternate translation: “Right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 21 b1ix figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη 1 this scripture has been fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 21 iij8 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν 1 in your ears In this expression, the **ears** represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 4 22 k2xi figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος 1 the gracious words Luke uses the term **words** to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the … words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you could express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the gracious things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 4 22 ty6d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος? 1 Is this not the son of Joseph? The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 4 23 l220 figs-quotesinquotes πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 4 23 u4ps writing-proverbs ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν 1 Doctor, heal yourself Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
LUK 4 23 ww1w figs-explicit ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you could do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 24 q3a9 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
|
||
LUK 4 24 n2cp writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ 1 no prophet is accepted in his hometown Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you could not accept that I am genuinely a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
LUK 4 25 u896 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 In truth I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
|
||
LUK 4 25 l221 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου 1 during the days of Elijah Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 25 g8r3 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου 1 during the days of Elijah The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that **Elijah** was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you could make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 25 l222 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 the sky was shut up If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 25 spq7 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 the sky was shut up Jesus describes the **sky** as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 4 25 ukl6 translate-unknown λιμὸς μέγας 1 a great famine A **famine** is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 4 26 l223 figs-activepassive πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας 1 Elijah was sent to none of them except If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 26 l224 grammar-connect-exceptions πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ 1 Elijah was sent to none of them except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 4 26 zsi6 figs-explicit εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας, πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν 1 to Zarephath … to a widow woman The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath in Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 26 l225 translate-names εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας 1 to Zarephath in Sidon **Zarephath** is the name of a city, and **Sidon** is the name of the region where it is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 4 27 l226 figs-activepassive οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 27 l227 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 4 27 l229 figs-explicit Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 4 28 ca1k figs-explicit ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 1 all … were filled with rage If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 28 l232 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 1 all … were filled with rage Luke speaks of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “everyone in the synagoguel became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 4 29 l233 figs-activepassive τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν 1 the hill on which their town was built If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 29 l234 figs-explicit ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν 1 so as to throw him off The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 30 k7dg διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν 1 passing through the midst of them Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
|
||
LUK 4 30 m45c ἐπορεύετο 1 he went on his way Alternate translation: “he left that place”
|
||
LUK 4 31 ynf3 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 4 31 ib1l figs-idiom κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 he went down to Capernaum Here, Luke uses the phrase **went down** because **Capernaum** is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 31 ky4y figs-explicit Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Capernaum, a city in Galilee Since Nazareth was also in **Galilee**, you might state “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 32 qk28 figs-activepassive ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 they were astonished at his teaching If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 32 j4ee figs-metonymy ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ 1 his word was with authority Luke is using the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 4 33 l235 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 4 33 fax1 writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος 1 there was a man Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 4 33 i93n ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου 1 who had a spirit of an unclean demon Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
|
||
LUK 4 33 e539 figs-idiom ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 he cried out with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 34 y1xh figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 4 34 fkp2 figs-idiom τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί 1 What to us and to you This expression is an idiom. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you” or “You have no right to bother us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 35 m8es ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων 1 Jesus rebuked him, saying Alternate translation: “Jesus said sternly to the demon”
|
||
LUK 4 35 l236 figs-activepassive φιμώθητι 1 Be silenced If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 35 me6n ἔξελθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 come out of him Jesus is commanding the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: “leave him alone” or “do not live in this man any longer”
|
||
LUK 4 36 l237 figs-personification ἐγένετο θάμβος ἐπὶ πάντας 1 astonishment came upon everyone Luke speaks of **astonishment** as if it were something that actively **came upon** the people. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 4 36 l238 figs-metonymy τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 What is this word Luke uses the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “What is this teaching” or “What is this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 4 36 h7wx figs-rquestion τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 What is this word? The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 4 36 dgz3 figs-doublet ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν 1 he commands the unclean spirits with authority and power The words **authority** and **power** mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 4 37 q25f writing-endofstory καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 And news about him went out This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
LUK 4 37 l239 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 4 37 xca8 figs-personification ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him went out Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent δὲ 1 Then Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 4 38 l240 writing-participants Σίμωνος 1 Simon Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 4 38 tf3d πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος 1 Simon’s mother-in-law This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
|
||
LUK 4 38 lls1 figs-idiom ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 38 cp21 ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
|
||
LUK 4 38 z3qz figs-explicit ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς 1 they asked him concerning her Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 39 pla1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 4 39 v8uf ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς 1 standing over her Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
|
||
LUK 4 39 ed8r ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν 1 he rebuked the fever, and it left her You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
|
||
LUK 4 39 qtn7 figs-idiom διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 began to serve them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 4 40 l242 figs-explicit δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου 1 when the sun was setting The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 40 zpk9 τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς 1 laying his hands on Alternate translation: “placing his hands”
|
||
LUK 4 41 bp7b figs-explicit ἐξήρχετο…καὶ δαιμόνια 1 demons also came out The implication is that Jesus made the **demons** leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 4 41 ag15 figs-hendiadys κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα 1 crying out, and saying Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The verb **crying out** tells how they were **saying** what follows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 4 41 dik3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 4 42 rt5n γενομένης…ἡμέρας 1 when it became day Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
|
||
LUK 4 42 d1pr ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
|
||
LUK 4 42 l243 κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 they restrained him not to go away from them Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
|
||
LUK 4 43 l244 figs-abstractnouns εὐαγγελίσασθαί…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaim the gospel about the kingdom of God See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 4 43 sjy1 figs-metonymy ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν 1 to other cities Jesus actually means the people who live in these **cities**. He is describing them by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 4 43 b45z figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην 1 for this I was sent If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 4 44 s5mb figs-explicit τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 in Judea Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term **Judea** here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 intro axr7 0 # Luke 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus calls Peter and his fellow fishermen to be his disciples (5:1–11)<br>2. Jesus travels to various towns teaching and healing (5:12–26)<br>3. Jesus calls Levi to be his disciple (5:27–32)<br>4. Jesus teaches about fasting (5:33–39)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You will catch men”<br><br>Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. See the last note to 5:10. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sinners<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses. But when Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who understand that they are sinners who have disobeyed God can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or in order to show God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, such as during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Healthy and sick people<br><br>To correct the Pharisees, Jesus speaks of healthy people who do not need a doctor. This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. Rather, Jesus was explaining why he spent time with people whom the Pharisees considered to be “sinners.” See the notes to 5:31–32. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>In several parts of this chapter, as in other places in the book, Luke does not explain information that his original readers would already have understood. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that Luke is communicating. The alternate translations in these notes and the readings in UST often illustrate how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand these passages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Past events<br><br>Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
|
||
LUK 5 1 zc8q writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 5 1 wsf8 figs-metonymy ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Here, Luke uses **word** to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “listening to the message Jesus was bringing from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 5 1 p6im translate-names τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ 1 the lake of Gennesaret **Lake of Gennesaret** is another name for the body of water also known as the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of this lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water. Alternate translation: “Lake Gennesaret” or “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 5 2 t96r figs-explicit ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα 1 were washing their nets The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing **nets** to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 3 f7z8 ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος 1 which was Simon’s Alternate translation: “the one that belonged to Simon”
|
||
LUK 5 3 liq1 ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὀλίγον 1 asked him to put out a little from the land Alternate translation: “and asked Simon to move the boat away from the shore”
|
||
LUK 5 3 rc1z figs-explicit καθίσας 1 he sat down As in [4:20](../04/20.md), sitting was the customary position for teaching in this culture. Alternate translation: “he sat down, as teachers did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 3 vbx7 ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους 1 was teaching the crowds from the boat Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore. Alternate translation: “and was teaching the people while he sat in the boat”
|
||
LUK 5 4 rk9p figs-explicit ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν 1 when he stopped speaking The implication is that Jesus had been **speaking** in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus had finished teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 5 l245 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν 1 answering Simon said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Simon responded to Jesus’ instructions to take the boat out and let down the nets. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 5 5 wbb1 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματί σου 1 at your word Here Peter uses **word** to refer to what Jesus commanded him by using words. Alternate translation: “but because you have told me to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 5 7 n2fp κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις 1 they signaled to their partners The Greek text does not specify how they **signaled**, but since they were some distance from the shore, it may have been by waving their arms rather than by calling out. You can use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “they summoned their partners”
|
||
LUK 5 7 pr7m figs-explicit βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά 1 they began to sink If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason for this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they began to sink because the fish were so heavy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 8 r8j9 translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ 1 he fell down at the knees of Jesus Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Peter did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 5 8 j67m figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός 1 a sinful man Here, **man** means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 5 9 l246 figs-personification θάμβος…περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ 1 amazement had seized him and all those with him Luke describes Peter’s **amazement** as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 5 9 c2eh figs-explicit τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων 1 the catch of fish The implication is that this was a very large **catch**. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 10 k4ft writing-participants κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι 1 partners with Simon Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simon’s partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 5 10 u6zs figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν 1 you will be catching men Jesus is using the image of **catching** fish to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 5 11 abca τὴν γῆν 1 the land Alternate translation: “the shore”
|
||
LUK 5 12 j1xy writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 and it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 5 12 l248 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 5 12 r35h writing-participants ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας 1 a man full of leprosy Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 5 12 i3zk figs-idiom πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον 1 fell on his face This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 5 12 m4k2 ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you are willing Alternate translation: “if you want to”
|
||
LUK 5 12 x7ss figs-declarative δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 5 12 ys5f figs-explicit με καθαρίσαι 1 make me clean The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 13 ziz1 figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 5 13 l48a figs-personification ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the leprosy went away from him Luke speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 5 14 q18t figs-quotations αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν 1 he instructed him to tell no one, but, “Go” If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 5 14 l249 figs-explicit μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 14 v1wn figs-explicit προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς 1 offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 14 jk14 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 14 nz37 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 them The word **them** could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could express either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 5 15 ng3z figs-personification διήρχετο…μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 the word about him spread even more Luke speaks of this **word** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 5 15 q4t2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 the word about him Luke uses the term **word** to describe the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 5 15 l250 figs-activepassive θεραπεύεσθαι 1 to be healed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 5 16 l251 αὐτὸς…ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος 1 he was withdrawing into the deserted places and praying This expression **was withdrawing** indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
|
||
LUK 5 16 sv6f ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 deserted places Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
|
||
LUK 5 17 mb8m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 5 17 l252 figs-hyperbole ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας 1 from every village of Galilee and Judea Luke generalizes by saying **every** in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 5 17 l253 figs-metaphor δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν 1 power from the Lord was upon him to heal As often in this book, **upon** is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 5 18 l254 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 5 18 cl7s writing-participants ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 5 18 l9q8 translate-unknown κλίνης 1 a mat A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 5 18 z2n2 ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 who was paralyzed Alternate translation: “was unable to move by himself”
|
||
LUK 5 18 abc6 ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him Here, **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
|
||
LUK 5 19 y491 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον 1 And not finding a way to bring him in because of the crowd If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “But because the crowd of people had filled the house, they could not find a way to bring the man inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 5 19 rkm6 figs-explicit διὰ τὸν ὄχλον 1 because of the crowd The implication is that they could not enter because the **crowd** was so large that there was no room for them. Alternate translation: “because the crowd of people had filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 19 s7bm figs-explicit ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 they went up onto the roof In this culture, houses had flat roofs, and many houses had a staircase outside that provided access to **the housetop**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went up the outside staircase onto the flat roof of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 19 abc7 καθῆκαν αὐτὸν 1 and let him down Alternate translation: “and lowered the man down”
|
||
LUK 5 19 l255 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 into the midst Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 5 19 l85u ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before Jesus Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
|
||
LUK 5 20 l83a figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 And seeing their faith The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 20 z4ek ἄνθρωπε 1 Man **Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
|
||
LUK 5 20 c7r7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου 1 your sins are forgiven you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 5 21 l256 translate-unknown οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 the scribes Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 5 21 ie5h figs-explicit διαλογίζεσθαι 1 to debate These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 21 l258 figs-quotemarks λέγοντες 1 saying Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||
LUK 5 21 a86c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας? 1 Who is this who speaks blasphemies? These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking **blasphemies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 5 21 s21n figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ Θεός? 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? Once again the religious leaders are using a question form for emphasis, and you can translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can forgive sins but God alone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 5 22 z4k5 figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς…τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 knowing their thoughts This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 22 l259 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 answering said to them Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 5 22 et8f figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you debating in your hearts? Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 5 22 p2hj figs-metaphor διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 debating in your hearts The term **hearts** represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “are you thinking these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 5 23 zid2 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk?’ Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk'?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 5 23 l260 figs-quotesinquotes τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 5 24 f1lu figs-123person ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man, have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 5 24 l261 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 24 l262 figs-imperative ἔγειρε 1 get up As in [5:13](../05/13.md), this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 5 25 agg3 figs-explicit καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς 1 And immediately he got up The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 25 l263 ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν 1 before them Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of everyone” or “where everyone could see him”
|
||
LUK 5 26 l264 figs-personification ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας 1 amazement seized of them all Luke describes the **amazement** of the crowd as if it were something that could actively take hold of the people. Alternate translation: “they were all completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 5 26 f6tp figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου λέγοντες 1 they were filled with fear, saying If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 5 26 l265 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου 1 they were filled with fear Luke describes the **fear** of the crowd as if it were something that could actively fill the people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 5 27 k6r2 writing-newevent καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 And after these things Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. The expression **these things** refers to what the previous verses describe. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 5 27 abc8 writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθεν 1 he went out The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus left that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 5 27 xf15 ἐθεάσατο τελώνην 1 saw a tax collector The Greek word that Luke uses for **saw** indicates that Jesus gave careful attention to this man when he saw him. Alternate translation: “observed a tax collector” or “looked carefully at a tax collector”
|
||
LUK 5 27 l266 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me In this context, to **Follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 5 27 b3tr figs-imperative ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me **Follow me** is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 5 28 phw9 figs-hyperbole καταλιπὼν πάντα 1 leaving everything behind Here, **everything** is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 5 28 abc0 figs-events καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς 1 leaving everything behind, he got up If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
LUK 5 29 l267 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 5 29 g6yt writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his house The pronoun **his** refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 5 29 ip2m translate-unknown κατακείμενοι 1 reclining to eat In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 5 30 n82u writing-pronouns πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 to his disciples In this case, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 5 30 tmm5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε? 1 Why do you eat and drink with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 5 30 pi2x figs-you ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε 1 you eat and drink The word **you** is plural, since the Pharisees are speaking to the disciples as a group, not to one particular disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 5 30 l268 figs-merism ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε 1 eat and drink The Pharisees are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 5 30 ze7y figs-hendiadys μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 with tax collectors and sinners The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The previous verse says that there were many **tax collectors** at this banquet. So the term **sinners** may tell what the Pharisees thought these **tax collectors** were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 5 31 l269 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 answering Jesus said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 5 31 t6iv writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
LUK 5 31 i9gn figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 but those who have sickness The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 5 32 g993 figs-nominaladj δικαίους 1 the righteous Luke is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 5 32 l270 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 but sinners to repentance Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 5 32 l271 figs-abstractnouns εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 to repentance If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 5 33 f6g6 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ εἶπαν 1 Then they said The pronoun **they** refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 5 33 l272 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 John The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 33 l273 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν 1 But those of yours eat and drink There is an implied challenge and question in this observation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “But your disciples do not fast, and we want you to tell us why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 33 l274 figs-merism ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν 1 eat and drink The Pharisees are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “continue to have meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 5 34 l275 figs-doublenegatives μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν? 1 You cannot make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is with them, can you The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **are you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can you actually make the groom’s party at a wedding fast while the groom is still with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 5 34 hxe1 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν? 1 You cannot make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is with them, can you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 5 34 q9k2 figs-idiom τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος 1 the sons of the bridal chamber The expression **sons of** is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 5 35 z8ex figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ 1 But the days will indeed come Here Jesus is using **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “But there will certainly be a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 5 35 he9p figs-metaphor ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away from them Jesus is speaking of himself as the **bridegroom**, and of his disciples as the groom’s party. He does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 5 35 l276 figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away from them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 5 35 l277 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Jesus is again using the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 5 36 a4zs figs-parables ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 Then he also spoke a parable to them Jesus gives a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 5 36 qz5e ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 sews it onto an old garment Alternate translation: “uses it to patch an old garment”
|
||
LUK 5 36 xj2y figs-hypo εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 But if not Jesus uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not actually mend a garment in that way. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 5 37 n35t translate-unknown ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins. They were used for holding wine. If your readers would not be familiar with **wineskins**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “leather bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 5 37 l278 figs-hypo εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 But if not Jesus uses this expression once again to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not put new wine in an old wineskin. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 5 37 ac7w figs-explicit ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 the new wine would burst the wineskins When **the new wine** fermented and expanded, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch. Jesus’ audience would have understood this information about wine fermenting and expanding and about old leather losing its suppleness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the new wine would burst the old wineskins because they would no longer be able to expand when the wine fermented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 5 37 dw18 figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται 1 it would be spilled out If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 5 37 l279 figs-activepassive οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 the wineskins would be destroyed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 5 38 ijm3 ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς 1 new wineskins See how you translated the term **wineskins** in [5:37](../05/37.md). Alternate translation: “fresh leather bags”
|
||
LUK 5 39 l280 figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον 1 No one, after drinking the old, wants the new Jesus is leaving out some of the words. You may want to supply these words in your translation if not having them would be confusing in your language. Alternate translation: “No one who is used to drinking old wine wants to try new wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 5 39 pvn9 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον 1 No one, after drinking the old, wants the new Jesus is contrasting the old teaching of the religious leaders with his own new teaching. The point is that people who are used to the **old** teaching are not receptive to the **new** things that he is bringing. Jesus does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 intro vv2y 0 # Luke 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about the Sabbath (6:1–11)<br>2. Jesus chooses twelve apostles (6:12–16)<br>3. Jesus teaches about being his disciple (6:17–49)<br><br>The long teaching in Luke 6:20–49 begins with blessings and woes that are similar to the beginning of the long teaching in Matthew 5–7. That part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” The teaching here in Luke has many other similarities with the one in Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Eating the grain”<br><br>When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath (Luke 6:1), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said this because they thought that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain, and so they were disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses told farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields that they traveled through or near. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>The man whom Luke calls Judas the son of James is probably the same man whom Matthew and Mark call Thaddaeus. However, you do not need to explain that in your translation or give both names. You can translate Luke’s list as he wrote it, and allow Bible teachers to explain the reason for the difference.
|
||
LUK 6 1 c4sa writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 6 1 x5zk translate-unknown σπορίμων 1 the grainfields These were large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed in order to grow more wheat. Wheat is a kind of **grain** plant, and **grain** is a type of large grass that has edible seeds. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “the areas where people were growing plants with edible seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 1 rl46 translate-unknown στάχυας 1 heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the **grain** plant. They hold the mature, edible seeds. Alternate translation: “parts that held the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 1 h9fy figs-explicit ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν 1 rubbing them in their hands The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 2 z32z figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν? 1 Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbath? The Pharisees are using the question form to make an accusation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing something that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 2 m76z figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν? 1 Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbath? The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 2 dum1 figs-you τί ποιεῖτε 1 Why are you doing Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 6 3 l281 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 answering them, Jesus said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 6 3 vih6 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες 1 Have you not read this, what David did when he was hungry, he and those who were with him Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 4 l282 ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 how he entered into the house of God If you made the first part of the quotation in [6:3](../06/03.md) a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He entered into the house of God”
|
||
LUK 6 4 l283 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the **house of God**. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 4 yyh2 translate-unknown τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the **presence** of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 4 l284 οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς 1 which is not lawful to eat, except only for the priests It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
|
||
LUK 6 5 h453 figs-123person ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 6 5 l285 figs-explicit ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 5 xy9h figs-metaphor Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath The title **Lord** describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 6 p1ee writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 6 6 d44q writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 there was a man there This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 6 6 t77y translate-unknown ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά 1 his right hand was withered This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 7 q3sh writing-pronouns παρετηροῦντο…αὐτὸν 1 were watching him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 7 c1qe figs-ellipsis ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might find to accuse him Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 6 8 d7zu figs-explicit στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 stand in the midst The implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. Alternate translation: “stand here where everyone can see you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 9 j8y7 writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτούς 1 to them The pronoun **them** refers to the scribes and Pharisees. Alternate translation: “to the scribes and Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 9 m5yz figs-rquestion ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀπολέσαι? 1 I ask you, is it lawful on the Sabbath to do good or to do harm, to save a life or to destroy? Jesus asks this question to get the Pharisees to admit that it is legitimate to heal on the Sabbath. The intent of the question is therefore rhetorical. Jesus is not trying to obtain information; he wants someone to admit that something is true. However, Jesus says, “I ask you,” so this question is not like other rhetorical questions that might appropriately be translated as statements. This one should be translated as a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 9 dc6f ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι 1 to do good or to do harm Alternate translation: “to help someone or to harm someone”
|
||
LUK 6 10 abcb writing-pronouns περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he looked around at them all and said to him The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 10 x77k figs-imperative ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου 1 Stretch out your hand This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 6 10 hce1 figs-activepassive ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 his hand was restored If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 11 l286 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας 1 they were filled with rage If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 11 l287 figs-personification αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας 1 they were filled with rage Luke speaks of the **rage** of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 6 11 l288 figs-explicit τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 what they might do to Jesus The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 12 e4s7 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 6 12 gzn1 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 12 l289 ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 he went out to the mountain While the term **the mountain** is definite here, it does not seem to refer to a specific, identifiable mountain. Rather, as many languages do, here the Greek is using a definite expression in a general sense. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain” or “Jesus climbed a high hill”
|
||
LUK 6 12 l7by figs-explicit ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 he went out to the mountain The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 13 vep8 ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 when day came Alternate translation: “the next morning”
|
||
LUK 6 13 j9w7 writing-pronouns ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα 1 he chose 12 from them The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 13 zgh6 οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν 1 whom he also named apostles The term **apostles** comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
|
||
LUK 6 14 l290 translate-names Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον 1 Simon … Peter … Andrew … James … John … Philip … Bartholomew These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 6 14 zdq3 writing-pronouns Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Andrew The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 6 15 l292 figs-explicit Μαθθαῖον 1 Matthew **Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 6 16 g24m figs-explicit ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης 1 who became a traitor It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 17 i5gv writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them In this context, **them** refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 17 l295 figs-hyperbole ἀπὸ πάσης 1 from all This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 6 18 dpj5 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆναι 1 to be healed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 18 wfm9 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 19 l296 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας 1 the whole crowd … everyone In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 6 19 y2cl figs-personification δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας 1 power was coming out from him and healing everyone Luke speaks of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 6 20 l297 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 20 ymg7 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 Blessed are This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 20 xj9v figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοί 1 the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 6 20 y18c figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for yours is the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 6 20 k34r ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 yours is the kingdom of God This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
|
||
LUK 6 21 l344 figs-idiom μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν 1 Blessed are those who are hungry now As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **Blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 21 l298 figs-activepassive χορτασθήσεσθε 1 you will be filled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 21 l299 figs-idiom μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν 1 Blessed are those who are weeping now Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 21 tg8m figs-metonymy γελάσετε 1 you will laugh Jesus is describing people being happy by association with one thing that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “you will laugh with joy” or “you will become joyful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 6 22 h8ii figs-idiom μακάριοί ἐστε 1 Blessed are you As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **Blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You receive God’s favor” or “How good it is for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 22 r5cg ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 exclude you Alternate translation: “they reject you”
|
||
LUK 6 22 l300 figs-metonymy ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν 1 reject your name as evil The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to the reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “consider you to have a bad reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 6 22 jz7x ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 because of the Son of Man Alternate translation: “because you associate with the Son of Man” or “because they reject the Son of Man”
|
||
LUK 6 22 l301 figs-123person ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 because of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person, using this title to emphasize the special role that God has given him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Son of Man” or “because they reject me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 6 22 l302 figs-explicit ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 because of the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Messiah” or “because they reject me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 23 bw14 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day Here Jesus uses **day** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when they do those things” or “when that happens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 23 d97t figs-idiom σκιρτήσατε 1 leap for joy This is an idiom that means to be extremely joyful. Jesus is not telling the disciples literally to jump into the air. Alternate translation: “be very happy” or “celebrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 23 l303 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “because, listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 23 e3kb ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς 1 your reward is great Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
|
||
LUK 6 23 l304 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν 1 their fathers Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 24 c6lu figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν 1 woe to you The phrase **woe to you** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 24 v1bp figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 6 24 cs2e figs-explicit ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν 1 you have received your comfort Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 25 l305 figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν 1 woe to you See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 25 de8m figs-activepassive οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι 1 who are filled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 25 l8nr figs-metonymy οἱ γελῶντες 1 who are laughing The word **laughing** refers to being happy by association with something that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 6 25 l306 figs-hendiadys πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε 1 mourn and weep The phrase **mourn and weep** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **mourn** tells why these people are weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you will weep mournfully” or “you will weep because you are so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 6 26 tn96 figs-idiom οὐαὶ 1 woe to you See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 26 j9yy figs-gendernotations ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 when all men speak well of you Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “when all people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 26 l307 figs-hyperbole ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 when all men speak well of you The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “when most people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 6 26 y29d figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ…ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν 1 their fathers did according to the same things to the false prophets Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 27 l5rz writing-participants ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν 1 But I say to you who are listening Jesus uses this phrase to broaden his audience to the entire crowd, beyond his disciples. At the same time, the phrase also calls everyone to focus their attention on what Jesus is about to say. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now I want all of you to listen carefully to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 6 27 pz5r figs-parallelism ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 love your enemies and do good to those who hate you These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to **love** their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 6 28 c83m figs-parallelism εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς 1 Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can **Bless** people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 6 29 a7ri figs-hypo τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 To the one who strikes you on the cheek, offer also the other Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 6 29 l308 figs-youcrowd σε…σου 1 you … your Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 6 29 d5qi ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα 1 on the cheek Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
|
||
LUK 6 29 eq83 figs-explicit πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 offer also the other It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 29 l309 figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 from the one who takes away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 6 29 ic4n figs-litotes καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 also do not withhold your tunic Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 6 30 d8y6 figs-hypo παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου 1 Give to everyone who asks you Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you … yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 6 30 ts8c figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει 1 from the one who takes away what is yours, do not ask for it back Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 6 31 te6e καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως 1 as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
|
||
LUK 6 31 l311 figs-gendernotations καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 as you desire that men would do to you Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 31 l312 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Jesus now returns to speaking to his disciples and the crowd about general situations, so **you** is plural here and in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 6 32 qh81 figs-rquestion ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν? 1 what credit is that to you? Here Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 33 l313 figs-rquestion ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν? 1 what credit is that to you? Once again Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. You could translate his words as a statement here as well. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 34 l314 figs-rquestion ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν? 1 what credit is that to you? Jesus is using the question form once again as a teaching tool. You could also translate his words as a statement here. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 34 kgc9 figs-nominaladj ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ἴσα 1 so that they may receive back the same things Here the adjective **same** functions as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. The adjective is also neuter, and this is a use of the neuter plural in Greek to refer to a single thing in order to describe it in its entirety. Alternate translation: “expecting that everything they lend will be repaid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 6 35 s8j7 μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες 1 expecting nothing in return Alternate translation: “without expecting the person to pay you back”
|
||
LUK 6 35 l315 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 3 and The word **and** introduces the results of what has been said so far in this verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 6 35 ly98 ἔσται ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς 1 your reward will be great Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
|
||
LUK 6 35 zw5k figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High This is a figurative expression. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **sons** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 35 l316 figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 35 qr5x υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High Make sure that the word **sons** or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, “the Son of the Most High,” which occurs in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [8:28](../08/28.md).
|
||
LUK 6 35 l317 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 6 35 l318 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς 1 the ungrateful and evil Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 6 36 n28w figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 your Father This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 37 a8c7 μὴ κρίνετε 1 do not judge Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
|
||
LUK 6 37 e8fb figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will certainly not be judged If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 37 vkl8 καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε 1 do not condemn Your language may require you to specify the object of **condemn**. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
|
||
LUK 6 37 gz37 figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε 1 you will certainly not be condemned If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 37 l319 ἀπολύετε 1 Forgive Your language may require you to specify the object of **Release**. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
|
||
LUK 6 37 ls01 figs-metaphor ἀπολύετε 1 Release Jesus is using the word **Release** to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 37 a22w figs-activepassive ἀπολυθήσεσθε 1 you will be released Jesus does not say exactly who would **Release** them. This could mean: (1) “God will forgive you.” (2) “other people will forgive you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 38 ryf8 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 38 q8sq figs-metaphor μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 38 l320 figs-activepassive πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 38 l321 translate-unknown τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 your lap This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 38 fp26 figs-activepassive ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 39 bw7f figs-parables εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he also told them a parable Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 6 39 l322 figs-gendernotations μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? 1 A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he? Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 39 l323 figs-doublenegatives μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? 1 A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 6 39 kyt1 figs-rquestion μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? 1 A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he? Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one **blind** person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 39 nm4v figs-metaphor τυφλὸς 1 blind man The **blind** person represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 39 f4xj figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται? 1 Would not both fall into a pit? Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 40 ipr9 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 A disciple is not above his teacher The word **above** creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 40 l324 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 A disciple is not above his teacher If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 6 40 a6ym figs-activepassive κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς 1 everyone having been fully trained If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 l7vj figs-rquestion τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 jpt3 figs-metaphor τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 you look … your … you do not notice … your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 j1r5 translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 the speck of wood If your readers would not be familiar with **the speck of wood**, in your translation you could use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 ud6q figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 of your brother The term **brother** refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 l326 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 your brother This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 ssu3 figs-metaphor τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 l327 figs-hyperbole τὴν…δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ 1 the log that is in your own eye A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 6 41 h9a4 translate-unknown δοκὸν 1 the log You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of **wood** that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l345 figs-youcrowd πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 How can you say to your brother Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular here. (The terms **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 rkk6 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν 1 How can you say Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l346 figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες 1 to your brother, ‘Brother, let me’ The term **Brother** means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in [6:41](../06/41.md). But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as **Brother** or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l328 figs-metaphor ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου 1 let me take out the speck of wood that is in your eye This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l329 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων 1 you yourself do not see the log that is in your own eye This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you yourself are not correcting your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l330 figs-hyperbole τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν 1 the log that is in your own eye A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is continuing to exaggerate to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l331 figs-metaphor ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ 1 first take out the log from your own eye This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “First recognize and correct your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 42 l332 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκβαλεῖν 1 take out the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “to help a fellow believer correct his or her faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 43 ezb4 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 6 43 u159 figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν 1 For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit Jesus is twice using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “For a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit and, on the other hand, an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 6 43 pi3u figs-metaphor οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν 1 For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “For a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things but, on the other hand, a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 44 z1vz figs-activepassive ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται 1 each tree is known by its own fruit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 44 l335 figs-metaphor ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται 1 each tree is known by its own fruit This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 44 l336 figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν 1 they do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind of fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 6 44 ns81 translate-unknown ἀκανθῶν 1 a thornbush The word **thornbush** refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a **thornbush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 44 ux87 translate-unknown βάτου 1 a briar bush The term **briar bush** refers to a kind of plant that has thorny stems growing in dense clusters. If your readers would not know what a **briar bush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 fd19 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος 1 The good man Here, the word **man** refers to any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “A righteous person” or “A moral person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 kz5k figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the good treasure of his heart Jesus is speaking of the good thoughts of a righteous person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the good things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 i93l figs-metaphor τῆς καρδίας 1 of his heart In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “that he keeps deep inside himself” or “that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 gpn9 figs-metaphor προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 produces what is good Producing what is **good**, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 l337 figs-ellipsis ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 from evil For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 y2cj figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 from evil Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking of the **evil** thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the **heart** to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 l338 figs-metaphor ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 3 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks In this expression as well, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 6 45 jc6z figs-synecdoche ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 3 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks The phrase **his mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 6 46 a4av τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω? 1 And why do you call me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ but not do what I say? The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus **Lord**. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
|
||
LUK 6 47 wwu5 πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με, καὶ ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος 1 Everyone who is coming to me and hearing my words, and doing them, I will show you what he is like If it would be helpful in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice”
|
||
LUK 6 47 l339 figs-metonymy μου τῶν λόγων 1 my words Jesus uses the term **words** to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 6 47 i3tg figs-simile ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος 1 I will show you what he is like Jesus says this to introduce the simile in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 6 48 l340 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν 1 a man building a house Here Jesus is using **man** in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person building a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 48 cw41 translate-unknown ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν καὶ ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 dug down and dug deep and laid a foundation on the rock The **foundation** is the part of a **house** that connects it to the ground. People in Jesus’ time dug down into the ground until they reached a layer of solid **rock**, and then they began to build **on the rock**. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with laying the **foundation** of a **house** on bedrock, you could instead describe how they would ensure that a dwelling was safe and stable. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough to reach a layer of solid rock and set the foundation of the house on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 48 l341 figs-hendiadys ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν 1 dug down and dug deep This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The expression **dug deep** tells what goal the person had when he or she **dug down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 6 48 dp2a translate-unknown τὴν πέτραν 1 the rock This means the layer of hard **rock** that lies deep under the soil. Alternate translation: “bedrock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 48 qc2z ποταμὸς 1 torrent of water Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
|
||
LUK 6 48 d3gs προσέρηξεν 1 flowed against Alternate translation: “crashed against”
|
||
LUK 6 48 h75u figs-metonymy οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν 1 could not shake it Jesus is describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “it could not destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 6 48 tu5j figs-activepassive διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν 1 because it had been built well If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 6 49 sjf5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Jesus uses the word **But** to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 6 49 l347 figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας 1 the one who hears and does not do Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from [6:47](../06/47.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 6 49 wg4w figs-simile ὅμοιός ἐστιν 1 he is like Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 6 49 l342 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν 1 a man who built a house Here Jesus is using **man** in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 6 49 yu5r translate-unknown ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου 1 on the ground without a foundation The phrase **on the ground without a foundation** refers to the same method of building as in [6:48](../06/48.md). You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you could use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 6 49 bs8c ᾗ προσέρρηξεν ὁ ποταμός 1 against which the torrent of water flowed In this context, the word **flowed** indicates violent impact. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The floodwaters crashed against it”
|
||
LUK 6 49 q98t συνέπεσεν 1 collapsed Alternate translation: “it fell down” or “it came apart”
|
||
LUK 6 49 jm86 ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα 1 the ruin of that house was great Your language may require you to say what was responsible for the **ruin** of the **house**. Alternate translation: “the floodwaters completely demolished that house”
|
||
LUK 7 intro u8gj 0 # Luke 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus does miracles in Capernaum and Nain (7:1–17)<br>2. Jesus responds to messengers from John the Baptist and then teaches about John (7:18–35)<br>3. A woman anoints Jesus with perfume (7:36–50)<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Centurion<br><br>A centurion was a Roman military commander. The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave (Luke 7:2) was doing some unusual things. A Roman soldier, especially an officer, would almost never go to a Jew for help, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### John’s Baptism<br><br>This chapter refers again to the baptism of John (7:29). John baptized people who wanted to show that they knew they were sinners and that they were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>In 7:34, Jesus describes how the Pharisees said he was a friend of “sinners.” That was the name that the Pharisees used for people whom they thought were disobeying the law of Moses. In reality, it was the Pharisees who were sinful, since they rejected Jesus, the Savior whom God had sent. This situation can be understood as irony. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Washing feet<br><br>The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty in the dry season and muddy in the wet season. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
|
||
LUK 7 1 l343 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ 1 his words Luke is using the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “his teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 7 1 zi6w figs-idiom εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in the hearing of the people This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 1 l2zp writing-newevent εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 he entered into Capernaum This reference to a location, **Capernaum**, introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he went into the city of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 7 2 l348 grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 7 2 zm98 figs-activepassive ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος 1 who was highly regarded by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 3 l349 ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ 1 asking him to come so that he might save In this context, the word **save** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “asking him to come and heal”
|
||
LUK 7 4 hm7l παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως 1 they asked him earnestly Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
|
||
LUK 7 4 y6vt writing-pronouns ἄξιός ἐστιν 1 He is worthy Here the pronoun **He** refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 5 cny7 figs-exclusive τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 our nation Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 7 6 l350 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Here, **And** could mean: (1) Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 7 6 s5xg ἐπορεύετο 1 went on his way Alternate translation: “went along”
|
||
LUK 7 6 el4w figs-litotes ἤδη…αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας 1 when he was … not far away from the house Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was already near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 7 6 i6kv μὴ σκύλλου 1 do not trouble yourself The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
|
||
LUK 7 6 ez29 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς 1 that you would come under my roof The phrase **come under my roof** is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 7 m9ue figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak with a word The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term **word** expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 7 7 m6v8 ὁ παῖς μου 1 my servant This is not the same word for **servant** that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
|
||
LUK 7 8 tkd5 figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 8 q2ep figs-metaphor ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under me This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 8 mdd5 τῷ δούλῳ μου 1 my servant Here the word that ULT translates as **servant** is the typical word for a servant, as in [7:2](../07/02.md) and [7:3](../07/03.md). It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md).
|
||
LUK 7 9 tpz9 writing-pronouns ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν 1 he marveled at him The pronoun **him** refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 9 w8pi λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||
LUK 7 9 j76u figs-explicit οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον 1 not even in Israel have I found such faith The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of **faith**, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of **faith**, yet this man did. It may be helpful to say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I have not found anyone among the Israelites who trusts me as much as this Gentile does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 9 l351 figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 not even in Israel Jesus used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not even in any Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 7 9 l352 figs-idiom τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον 1 have I found such faith Here, **found** is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 10 g4ny figs-activepassive οἱ πεμφθέντες 1 those who had been sent If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 11 l353 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 7 11 l354 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς 1 on the next day Luke may be using the term **day** to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” However, this could also mean literally **the next day**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 11 dmz7 translate-names Ναΐν 1 Nain **Nain** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 l355 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 l356 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 l357 writing-participants ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς 1 one who had died was being carried out Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 zr69 figs-activepassive ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 l358 figs-explicit ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 n96r writing-background μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow) This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 7 12 i5iv figs-explicit μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow) The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 13 l359 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 7 13 fa42 figs-explicit ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ 1 was moved with compassion for her The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 14 quy9 translate-unknown τῆς σοροῦ 1 the bier The **bier** was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 7 14 lex4 figs-imperative ἐγέρθητι 1 arise This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 7 15 er34 ὁ νεκρὸς 1 the dead man The man was not still **dead**. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man came back to life, no longer being dead, and”
|
||
LUK 7 15 l360 writing-pronouns ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he gave him to his mother The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** and **his** refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 16 rf1k figs-personification ἔλαβεν…φόβος πάντας 1 fear seized all of them Luke speaks of this **fear** as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 7 16 l361 figs-idiom προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν 1 A great prophet has been raised among us Here, **raised** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 16 jf1j figs-activepassive προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν 1 A great prophet has been raised among us If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 16 wn5b figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο 1 God has visited his people Here, **visited** is an idiom, as in [1:68](../01/68.md) and [1:78](../01/78.md). Alternate translation: “has come to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 17 g4zt figs-personification ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος…περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 this word about him went out Luke speaks of this **word** (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 7 18 r11g writing-newevent ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 his disciples reported to John concerning all these things This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 7 18 r11x writing-newevent οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The term **his** refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 7 18 l362 figs-explicit Ἰωάννῃ 1 John Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 18 jf5m figs-explicit πάντων τούτων 1 all these things The implication is that **all these things** refers to Jesus healing the centurion’s servant and restoring the life of the widow’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that Jesus had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 19 l363 τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 7 19 l364 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask”
|
||
LUK 7 19 l365 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question would be for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 7 19 l400 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 the men said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another?’” If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 7 20 l367 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask”
|
||
LUK 7 20 l368 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question is for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 7 20 l369 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 21 ys1b figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that hour Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 21 a7sm figs-ellipsis ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων, καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν 1 healed many from sicknesses and afflictions and evil spirits Here Luke is telling the story in a compressed way, and he does not distinguish clearly between healing of sickness and deliverance from evil spirits. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that distinction more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he healed many people of sicknesses that they were suffering from, and he drove evil spirits out of many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 7 21 l370 figs-hendiadys νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων 1 sicknesses and afflictions The phrase **sicknesses and afflictions** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **afflictions** describes the effect of the **sicknesses** on the people who had them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 7 21 l371 τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν 1 to many blind people he granted to see Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
|
||
LUK 7 22 lcm2 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering he said to them Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 you have gone … you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If it would be helpful in your language, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 22 l373 figs-explicit λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 7 23 y4px figs-activepassive μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 blessed is anyone who is not offended by me If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 23 i7zh figs-litotes μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 who is not offended by me Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 7 24 abcd writing-pronouns ἤρξατο λέγειν 1 he began to say Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 24 h9dw figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 7 24 l374 figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 A reed shaken by the wind If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 24 gbv9 figs-explicit κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 A reed shaken by the wind The implication seems to be that a **reed** swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 25 tcp3 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothes? Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 7 25 a1wu figs-explicit ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 A man dressed in soft clothes? Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 25 l375 figs-explicit ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothes The term **soft clothes** refers to luxurious clothes, since normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 25 l376 figs-activepassive ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothes If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 25 l377 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 25 nn75 figs-explicit τοῖς βασιλείοις 1 king’s palaces The word **palaces** refers to large, elaborate houses where kings or queens would live. The implication is that a celebrity watcher might go to a palace to try to catch a glimpse of royalty. But certainly no one would go out into the desert to try to see someone famous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 26 ym8l figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? προφήτην? 1 But what did you go out to see? A prophet? Jesus is giving the answer to the repeated question that he has been using as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that this time the question leads to a positive answer. You could also translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a prophet? Yes, that was why!” or “You actually went out to see a prophet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 7 26 ix16 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
|
||
LUK 7 26 r7ud figs-idiom περισσότερον προφήτου 1 more than a prophet This phrase is an idiom that means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 27 cg3r figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he concerning whom it is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 27 wt2m figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term **Behold** to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 27 s8hg figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here, **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … you The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
|
||
LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 28 gfz7 figs-litotes μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν 1 no one is greater than John Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 7 28 l379 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 28 r81b figs-explicit μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 is greater than he The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 29 idv8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 7 29 m5cn figs-explicit ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν 1 declared God to be righteous The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 29 s9v6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 having been baptized with the baptism of John If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 30 l380 translate-unknown νομικοὶ 1 lawyers Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **lawyers** does not mean people who would represent clients and argue cases in court or draw up legal documents. Rather, it refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 7 30 v8f5 grammar-connect-logic-result τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 rejected the purpose of God for themselves, not having been baptized by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not come to John for baptism, rejected what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 7 30 wqc3 figs-activepassive μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 not having been baptized by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 31 cs1j figs-rquestion τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι? 1 To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like? Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool, to introduce a comparison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “This is what I compare the people of this time to. This is what they are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 7 31 ix8z figs-parallelism τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι? 1 To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like? These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “What should I compare the people of this time to?” or “This is what I compare the people of this time to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 7 31 ec4k figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 the men of this generation Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 7 32 n8yp figs-simile ὅμοιοί εἰσιν 1 They are like These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about him not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the next two verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 7 32 f7hg translate-unknown ἀγορᾷ 1 marketplace The word **marketplace** refers to a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 7 32 l381 figs-metonymy ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you The children are referring to the **flute** to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the **flute** was well suited. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 7 32 xgg9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 7 32 m2k3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and Once again the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 7 33 kbc7 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον 1 neither eating bread This could mean one of two things. Either way, Jesus is using one kind of food, **bread**, to represent all kinds of food. (1) It could refer to the way that John lived on whatever he could find to eat in the desert. Alternate translation: “not eating regular food” (2) It could mean that John often went without eating as a devotional practice. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 7 33 wka1 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 you say, ‘He has a demon’ Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 7 34 k33e figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 7 34 l382 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). In this case the title highlights Jesus’ identification with humanity in the special role that God has given him. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 34 s1um figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 you say, ‘Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and of sinners!’ Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 7 34 l383 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 34 am9s ἄνθρωπος φάγος 1 a man, a glutton Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
|
||
LUK 7 34 chu4 ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης 1 a man, … a drunkard Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
|
||
LUK 7 35 ba4g writing-proverbs ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
LUK 7 35 l384 figs-idiom ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 35 l385 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 36 fd2c writing-newevent ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Then one of the Pharisees requested him to eat with him This phrase introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 7 36 lhd4 writing-participants τις…τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 one of the Pharisees This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 7 36 dy31 translate-unknown κατεκλίθη 1 he reclined to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 7 37 l386 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 7 37 a9iu writing-participants γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 there was a woman in the city Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 7 37 x4sk figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλός 1 who was a sinner Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a **sinner**. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 37 l387 figs-explicit κομίσασα 1 she brought In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 37 apx8 translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 an alabaster jar The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 7 37 a954 translate-unknown μύρου 1 of perfumed oil This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 7 38 v5xh figs-explicitinfo ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς 1 with the hair of her head In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 7 38 i93v ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ 1 anointing them with the perfumed oil Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
|
||
LUK 7 39 u455 figs-quotemarks εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων 1 he said to himself, saying As noted in [3:10](../03/10.md), Luke often uses the word **saying** to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||
LUK 7 39 xc9v grammar-connect-condition-contrary οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν 1 If this man were a prophet, he would know who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
LUK 7 39 tbq3 figs-explicit τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν 1 who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 40 l388 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 answering Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 7 40 u3cg translate-names Σίμων 1 Simon **Simon** was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 7 40 l389 ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν 1 And he says, “Say it, Teacher!” To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
|
||
LUK 7 40 l390 figs-imperative Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ 1 Say it, Teacher! Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 7 40 l391 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 7 41 sv92 figs-parables δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι 1 There were two debtors To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 7 41 fcq6 δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι 1 There were two debtors to a certain moneylender Alternate translation: “Two different people owed money to the same moneylender”
|
||
LUK 7 41 snz6 translate-bmoney δηνάρια πεντακόσια 1 500 denarii The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 7 41 i92j translate-bmoney ὁ δὲ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα 1 and the other 50 Alternate translation: “the other person owed 50 silver coins” or “the other person owed an amount equal to 50 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 7 42 l392 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐχόντων αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι 1 When they did not have to repay Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He is not saying that the men no longer needed to repay these debts. Rather, he is saying that they did not have enough money to repay the lender what they owed him. Alternate translation: “When they were not able to repay their debts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 7 42 lbq6 figs-idiom ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο 1 he forgave them both This does not mean literally that the lender decided he would not hold their failure to repay against them. Rather, it is an idiom that means that he told them they did not have to repay the money. Alternate translation: “he canceled both of their debts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 7 43 l393 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν 1 Simon answering said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Simon responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 7 43 l394 figs-ellipsis ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο 1 I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most Simon leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most will love him the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 7 43 uyj6 ὑπολαμβάνω 1 I suppose Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: “Probably”
|
||
LUK 7 43 zqz4 ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας 1 You have judged correctly Alternate translation: “You are right”
|
||
LUK 7 44 s7g6 translate-symaction στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he turned to the woman Jesus turned **to the woman** in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 7 44 l395 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα? 1 Do you see this woman? Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can **see** the **woman**. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 7 44 mw7d figs-explicit ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me water for my feet It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide **water** and a towel for guests to wash and dry their **feet** after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 44 mw58 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not give … but she In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 7 44 am5z figs-explicit αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας 1 she has wet my feet with her tears The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 44 ld62 figs-explicit καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν 1 and wiped them with her hair The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 45 xj92 figs-explicit φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me a kiss It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a **kiss** on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 45 r2jj figs-doublenegatives οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 has not stopped kissing my feet If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stopped**. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 7 45 u3er translate-symaction οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 has not stopped kissing my feet The woman kissed the **feet** of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 7 46 j8wj grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not anoint … but she Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 7 46 le9a figs-explicit ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας 1 You did not anoint my head with oil It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive **oil** on his **head**. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 46 g6va translate-symaction ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου 1 has anointed my feet The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his **feet** instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 7 47 kwc5 λέγω σοι 1 I say to you This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
|
||
LUK 7 47 clu2 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί 1 her sins, which were many, have been forgiven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 47 l396 figs-explicit ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ 1 for she loved much The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 47 jql4 ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ 1 for she loved much Your language may require you to state the object of **loved**. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
|
||
LUK 7 47 qd9q figs-explicit ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ 1 the one to whom little is forgiven loves little In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that **one to whom little is forgiven** is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and mistakenly thinks he does not need to be forgiven for very much. Alternate translation: “a person like you who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 7 47 l397 figs-activepassive ᾧ…ὀλίγον ἀφίεται 1 the one to whom little is forgiven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 48 c7hj writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ 1 Then he said to her The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word **her** refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 48 lq5v figs-activepassive ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 7 49 enw4 συνανακείμενοι 1 reclining with him to eat Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
|
||
LUK 7 49 ie4z figs-rquestion τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν? 1 Who is this who even forgives sins? The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins. They did not believe that Jesus was God. So they are using the question form to make an accusation. Alternate translation: “This man is not God, so he cannot forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 7 50 lje8 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “You have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 7 50 l398 figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you Jesus speaks of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively **saved** her. He means that it provided the conditions for her to receive salvation from God. Alternate translation: “You have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 7 50 sp2u figs-explicit πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην 1 Go in peace This was a way of saying goodbye while giving a blessing at the same time. It also reassured the woman, despite the disapproval of the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “You may go now, and do not worry about your sins anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 intro ba3i 0 # Luke 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches the crowds with parables (8:1–21)<br>2. Jesus calms a storm on the Sea of Galilee (8:22–25)<br>3. Jesus drives out many demons from a man (8:26–39)<br>4. Jesus heals a woman and restores a dead girl to life (8:40–55)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus makes a storm stop by speaking to it, he makes a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he makes evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message (Luke 8:4–15).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people use the terms “brother” and “sister” for those who have the same parents as they do. They think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Some people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter, Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “having spent all her living on doctors”<br><br>In [8:43](../08/43.md), some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “having spent all her living on doctors,” but other manuscripts do not. ULT includes the phrase in its text, but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to whether it was an original part of the book of Luke. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the phrase if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 8 1 i6mi writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 8 1 l399 figs-idiom κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην 1 through city and village This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 1 l401 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 1 l402 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 8 1 l403 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna … Susanna **Joanna** and **Susanna** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 3 w9kl translate-names Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου 1 Chuza … Herod **Chuza** and **Herod** are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 3 l405 ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod’s manager Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
|
||
LUK 8 3 k9m5 figs-idiom διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς 1 serving them out of their possessions This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 4 r1qk writing-pronouns ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 coming to him Here the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 4 l406 figs-idiom κατὰ πόλιν 1 by city This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “from different towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 4 l407 figs-parables εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς 1 he spoke in a parable This means that Jesus told a brief story to teach something true in an understandable and memorable way. Alternate translation: “he told them this story to help them understand God’s ways better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 8 5 ndc3 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ 1 The sower went out to sow his seed Use either the singular or the plural to translate **seed** in this story, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field” or “A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field”
|
||
LUK 8 5 cv1h ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν 1 some fell Alternate translation: “some of the seed fell” or “some of the seeds fell”
|
||
LUK 8 5 a5mz figs-activepassive κατεπατήθη 1 it was trampled underfoot If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 5 n8bw figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the birds of the sky In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds flew down and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 8 5 lt8n κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 devoured it Alternate translation: “ate it all” or “ate them all”
|
||
LUK 8 6 k6a4 ἐξηράνθη 1 it withered away Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each plant dried out and shriveled up” or “the plants dried out and shriveled up”
|
||
LUK 8 6 ktz7 διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἰκμάδα 1 because it had no moisture Alternate translation: “because there was no water for it in the rock” or “because there was no water for them in the rock”
|
||
LUK 8 7 xzq2 ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό 1 choked it The thorn plants took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “crowded it out” or “crowded them out” or “kept it from growing well” or “kept them from growing well”
|
||
LUK 8 8 q12t ἐποίησεν καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα 1 it produced fruit a hundred times greater Here the word translated **fruit** has the specific sense of “a crop.” Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more seeds. Alternate translation: “it produced a hundred times as much seed as had landed in this soil” or “they produced a hundred times as many seeds as had landed in this soil”
|
||
LUK 8 8 b92z figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 8 l408 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 8 8 l409 figs-you ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 8 9 l410 τίς αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή 1 What is this parable? Alternate translation: “What does this story mean?”
|
||
LUK 8 10 je1f figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To you has been granted to know If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 10 s7xp τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of God These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
|
||
LUK 8 10 l411 figs-abstractnouns τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “of how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 10 l6sk figs-ellipsis τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 but to the rest in parables Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 8 10 l412 figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 so that, ‘Seeing, they may not see; and hearing, they may not understand’ Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 8 10 xtu6 βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν 1 Seeing, they may not see Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “Though they see things, they will not understand them” or “Though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean”
|
||
LUK 8 10 k4es ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 hearing, they may not understand Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
|
||
LUK 8 11 vp8a ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή 1 the parable is this Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
|
||
LUK 8 11 hb1t figs-metonymy ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The seed is the word of God Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “The seed represents the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 12 xsa7 figs-metaphor οἱ…παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 the ones along the path are those who have heard Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 12 h969 figs-metaphor εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts The parable represented this as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 12 jb9t figs-metaphor εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts The word **hearts** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 12 l413 figs-explicit εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 12 l414 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 12 g7r7 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν 1 so they may not believe and be saved This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 13 juq1 figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας, οἳ 1 And the ones on the rock are those Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 13 ar4x τῆς πέτρας 1 the rock Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
|
||
LUK 8 13 l415 figs-metonymy μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον 1 who … receive the word with joy Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 13 bm51 ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ 1 in a time of testing Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
|
||
LUK 8 13 e5rw figs-metonymy ἀφίστανται 1 they go away Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 14 k4u4 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 And the ones that fell among the thorns, these are the ones Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 14 y3ue figs-activepassive ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου…συνπνίγονται 1 they are choked by cares and riches and pleasures of this life If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 14 uut6 μεριμνῶν 1 cares Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
|
||
LUK 8 14 b384 ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου 1 pleasures of this life Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
|
||
LUK 8 14 xhv7 figs-metaphor οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν 1 they do not produce mature fruit The phrase **mature fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 15 m2hb figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες 1 But the ones on the good soil, these are the ones Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the good soil represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 15 l62d figs-metonymy ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον 1 having heard the word Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “when they hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 15 l416 figs-doublet ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ 1 with an honest and good heart The terms **honest** and **good** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 8 15 pbi7 figs-metaphor ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ 1 with an honest and good heart In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 15 i51s figs-metaphor καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ 1 bear fruit with endurance Here, **fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 16 n86n figs-parables οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας 1 And no one lights a lamp After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 8 16 l417 figs-ellipsis οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι 1 those who enter Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 8 17 n5ca figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται 1 nothing is hidden that will not become visible If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 8 17 iv9q figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ 1 nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility If it would be helpful in your language, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 8 17 l418 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ 1 nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 17 l419 figs-doublet οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ 1 nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility The phrases **be known** and **come into visibility** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 8 18 l420 βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε 1 so be careful how you listen The phrase **be careful** does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
|
||
LUK 8 18 l421 figs-explicit ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 whoever has, it will be given to him The implication in context is that the phrase **whoever has, it will be given to him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 18 bq9f figs-activepassive ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 whoever has, it will be given to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 18 l422 figs-explicit καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him The implication once again is that the phrase **whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 18 ihh9 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 19 l423 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 Then Luke uses **Then** to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 8 19 dw3m translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers These were Jesus' younger **brothers**. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
LUK 8 20 wr4t figs-activepassive ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ 1 it was reported to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 20 l424 figs-you σου…σου…σε 1 your … your … you Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 8 20 un5d ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε 1 wanting to see you Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
|
||
LUK 8 21 l425 figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 But answering he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 8 21 b97u figs-metaphor μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες 1 My mother and my brothers are those who hear and do the word of God Jesus means that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 21 edk3 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 22 l426 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 8 22 l427 figs-idiom ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν 1 on one of those days Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “around that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 22 l428 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης 1 both he and his disciples got into a boat, and he said to them, “Let us go over to the other side of the lake” It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 8 22 w1pk translate-names τῆς λίμνης 1 the lake This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as **the lake** while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 22 btk8 figs-idiom ἀνήχθησαν 1 they put out This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 23 vh2v πλεόντων…αὐτῶν 1 as they voyaged The term **voyaged** means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
|
||
LUK 8 23 sf8z writing-pronouns ἀφύπνωσεν 1 he fell asleep The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 23 mdb5 figs-idiom κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην 1 a windstorm came down on the lake Luke says **came down** because these winds blew down from the hills surrounding the lake. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 23 l429 figs-metonymy συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled Luke says **they**, meaning the disciples, to refer by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 23 l430 figs-activepassive συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 23 uki7 figs-explicit συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 24 l432 Ἐπιστάτα 1 Master **Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you could use it here in your translation.
|
||
LUK 8 24 l431 λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!” The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
|
||
LUK 8 24 l433 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 We are perishing Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word **We** would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 8 24 uhe4 ἐπετίμησεν 1 rebuked Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
|
||
LUK 8 24 t1yy figs-explicitinfo τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος 1 the waves of the water In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 8 24 v1c3 figs-parallelism ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη 1 they ceased, and there was a calm These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 8 25 d8c3 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν? 1 Where is your faith? Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 8 25 wjv3 τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him? If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
|
||
LUK 8 25 f2wp τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν 1 Who then is this This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do this. Alternate translation: “What kind of man is this”
|
||
LUK 8 25 l434 figs-metonymy τῷ ὕδατι 1 the water The disciples are describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to **the water** that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 26 f17p translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the region of the Gerasenes The name **Gerasenes** refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 26 p9zp ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 opposite Galilee Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
|
||
LUK 8 27 l435 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντι…αὐτῷ 1 when he came out Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 8 27 hjh5 writing-participants ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 1 a certain man from the city This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 8 27 ji6p ἔχων δαιμόνια 1 who had demons Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
|
||
LUK 8 27 xhw7 writing-background καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ 1 And for a long time Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 8 27 we6n translate-unknown τοῖς μνήμασιν 1 the tombs The term **the tombs** refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 8 28 ip59 writing-pronouns ἰδὼν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 when he saw Jesus The verb **having seen** refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 28 n4ex ἀνακράξας 1 he cried out Alternate translation: “he screamed” or “he shrieked”
|
||
LUK 8 28 fak9 translate-symaction προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 8 28 m21e figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν 1 said in a loud voice This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 28 lv2b figs-idiom τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 What to me and to you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 28 l436 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 What to me and to you? The man is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You and I have nothing in common” or “You have no reason to get involved with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 8 28 ptt1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God **Son of the Most High God** is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 8 29 l437 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Luke is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The man said this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 8 29 l438 translate-versebridge παρήγγειλεν γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out from the man If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge and put this sentence in [8:28](../08/28.md), after the man bows down to Jesus but before he speaks, changing the tense of the verb to fit the context. You could also put the next sentence in this verse at the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 8 29 l439 writing-background πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις 1 For many times Luke uses this phrase to introduce further background information about what the demon had done to the man before Jesus met him. Alternate translation: “Many times in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 8 29 j3yj figs-events πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος 1 For many times it had seized him, and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Luke appears to be describing how the demon would seize the man after he was bound and while he was being guarded. Alternate translation: “For though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, many times it had seized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events)
|
||
LUK 8 29 bxz4 figs-activepassive ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος, καὶ διαρήσσων τὰ δεσμὰ 1 he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, and breaking his bonds If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation (no comma following): “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard, he would break his bonds and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 29 bey5 figs-activepassive ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 he would be driven by the demon If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 30 l440 figs-you σοι 1 your Since Luke indicates in the previous verse that Jesus is speaking to the unclean spirit here, **your** is singular, even though the demon responds that he is speaking for “many,” and even though in the following verses Luke says **they** and **them** for the multiple demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 8 30 p31w translate-names λεγεών 1 Legion Translate the word **Legion** with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. Show that this was the name of the demon by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “Army” or “Battalion” or “Brigade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 31 qcn1 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they were begging him Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
|
||
LUK 8 31 l441 translate-unknown τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 the abyss The term **abyss** literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase, as UST does, saying “the deep pit where God punishes demons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 8 32 b3vt writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside Luke supplies this background information to help readers understand what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 8 32 q8w5 ἦν…ἐκεῖ…βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 was there feeding on the hillside Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
|
||
LUK 8 32 l442 writing-pronouns παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν 1 they begged him to permit them go into them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify who and what these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: “the demons begged Jesus to let them go into the pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 32 l443 καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 And he gave them permission Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
|
||
LUK 8 33 na38 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια 1 Then the demons came out The term translated as **Ehen** could mean that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. You could begin this sentence with the word **So**, as UST does, to show that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 8 33 gz5x ὥρμησεν 1 rushed Alternate translation: “ran very fast”
|
||
LUK 8 33 ja6x figs-activepassive καὶ ἀπεπνίγη 1 and was drowned If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 34 l444 figs-merism εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 in the city and in the countryside Here Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 8 34 l445 figs-explicit εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 in the city and in the countryside You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 35 l446 figs-explicit ἐξῆλθον 1 they went out Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, **they** refers to the people of that region, as in [8:37](../08/37.md). The term **went out** indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 35 ju71 εὗραν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν 1 found the man from whom the demons had gone out Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
|
||
LUK 8 35 l447 figs-activepassive ἱματισμένον 1 clothed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 35 w3tq σωφρονοῦντα 1 being sound-minded Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
|
||
LUK 8 35 x9lp figs-idiom καθήμενον…παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 sitting at the feet of Jesus This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 35 j89t figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 36 xtf3 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἰδόντες 1 those who had seen Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 8 36 kv18 figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς 1 the one who had been possessed by demons had been saved If it would be helpful in your language, you could express both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 37 l448 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς περιχώρου 1 all the multitude of the region This phrase means “everyone who lived in that area.” It is a generalization for emphasis, since every single resident of that region did not make this request. Rather, this was the general request of the crowd that came out to see what had happened. Alternate translation: “the crowd that had gathered from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 8 37 ai7m τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the region of the Gerasenes Alternate translation: “the area where the Gerasene people lived”
|
||
LUK 8 37 l449 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο 1 for they were seized by great fear If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase first in the sentence, since it gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 8 37 jbh5 figs-activepassive φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο 1 they were seized by great fear If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 37 l450 figs-personification φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο 1 they were seized by great fear Luke speaks of this **fear** as if it were something that could actively take hold of these people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 8 37 l451 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον 1 he got into the boat Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 8 37 ue8c figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψεν 1 to return The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to **return** to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 38 s25w figs-events δὲ 1 And The events in this verse and the next verse happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state that clearly at the beginning here. Alternate translation (followed by comma): “Before Jesus and his disciples left,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
LUK 8 38 l452 figs-quotations ἐδεῖτο…αὐτοῦ…εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ 1 begged him to be with him If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 8 38 abce writing-pronouns ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν 1 he sent him away The pronoun**he** refers to Jesus, and the word **him** refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 39 zl3v figs-metonymy τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your house Jesus is using the word **house** to mean the people who live in the man’s **house**. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 39 c9nh διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός 1 describe all that God has done for you Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
|
||
LUK 8 39 l453 figs-explicit καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν 1 throughout the whole city The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 40 l454 figs-synecdoche ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Now when Jesus returned Luke only refers to Jesus returning, but his disciples were also with him. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 8 40 yd57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν 1 the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 8 41 l455 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 8 41 l456 writing-participants ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος 1 a man came whose name was Jairus Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 8 41 l457 translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 Jairus **Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 8 41 avi8 ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 a ruler of the synagogue Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
|
||
LUK 8 41 epa2 translate-symaction πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ 1 falling at the feet of Jesus Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 8 42 kq2v figs-explicit ἀπέθνῃσκεν 1 was dying The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 42 ymb1 figs-explicit ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν 1 And as he was going You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 42 l458 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 8 42 kw2y οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν 1 the crowds were crowding around him Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
|
||
LUK 8 43 l7pu writing-participants γυνὴ οὖσα 1 there was a woman This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 8 43 h9uq figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος 1 with a flow of blood Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 8 43 l459 translate-textvariants ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον 1 having spent all her living on doctors See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 8 43 l460 figs-metonymy ὅλον τὸν βίον 1 all her living This phrase uses the term **living** to mean the money that was needed for **living**. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 43 zb4a figs-activepassive οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι 1 was not able to be healed by anyone If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 44 vwe6 translate-unknown ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 touched the edge of his cloak Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes, as commanded in God’s Law. The woman likely **touched** one of those tassles. Alternate translation: “touched a tassel on his robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 8 45 c3wm figs-explicit οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν 1 the crowds are crowding around and pressing against you By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 45 l461 figs-doublet συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν 1 crowding around and pressing against you These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 8 46 u6am figs-explicit ἥψατό μού τις 1 Someone touched me The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and **touched** him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 46 zmu9 figs-explicit ἐγὼ…ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 I know power has gone out from me Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 47 cwn4 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν 1 that she could not hide The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 47 vua6 figs-explicit τρέμουσα ἦλθεν 1 she came trembling If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was **trembling**. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 47 vxl7 translate-symaction προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 8 47 l462 figs-activepassive ἰάθη 1 she had been healed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 48 v4m9 figs-idiom θύγατερ 1 Daughter This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of expressing the same kindness. Alternate translation: “My dear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 48 uja4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 48 l463 figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you Jesus speaks of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively healed her. He means that it provided the conditions for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 8 48 l464 ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
|
||
LUK 8 48 ch7m figs-idiom πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην 1 Go in peace This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 8 49 m58z figs-explicit ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 49 l465 ἔρχεταί τις 1 someone comes To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
|
||
LUK 8 49 deu3 figs-metonymy ἔρχεταί τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 someone from the synagogue leader This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 8 49 id9v figs-explicit μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Do not trouble the Teacher any longer This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 49 n6ez τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 8 50 l466 writing-pronouns ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ 1 he answered him The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 50 ej1b σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
|
||
LUK 8 50 l467 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 8 51 gl9g figs-synecdoche ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 when he came to the house Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “When they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 8 51 qal2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ 1 he did not allow anyone … except If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 8 51 i4v1 τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς 1 the father of the child The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
|
||
LUK 8 52 tt9v translate-symaction ἔκλαιον…πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν 1 they were all wailing and mourning for her This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 8 52 l468 οὐ…ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 she has not died, but sleeps Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
|
||
LUK 8 53 nu8w writing-pronouns κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν 1 laughed at him, knowing that she had died Alternate translation: “they laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 54 e7zt writing-pronouns αὐτὸς…κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 he, taking hold of her hand Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 8 54 l469 figs-imperative ἔγειρε 1 arise This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 8 55 k6w2 figs-explicit ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς 1 her spirit returned The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 8 56 c6mp μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
|
||
LUK 9 intro uc1r 0 # Luke 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1–9)<br>2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10–17)<br>3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18–27)<br>4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28–36)<br>5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37–43)<br>6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44–50)<br>7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51–62)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).<br><br>### “Receiving”<br><br>This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
|
||
LUK 9 1 l470 figs-nominaladj συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 when he had called the Twelve together See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 9 1 l471 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 9 1 zqq6 figs-doublet δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν 1 power and authority The words **power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 9 1 fuj7 πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια 1 all the demons This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
|
||
LUK 9 1 h8ql νόσους θεραπεύειν 1 to cure diseases Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
|
||
LUK 9 2 j5n3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς 1 sent them out Your language may require you to say where Jesus **sent** the disciples. Alternate translation: “sent them to various places” or “told them to go to various places”
|
||
LUK 9 2 l472 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 3 m7c5 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 And he said to them It may be helpful to state that Jesus said these things to the disciples before they went out. Alternate translation: “Before the 12 disciples left, Jesus said to them”
|
||
LUK 9 3 aui6 μηδὲν αἴρετε 1 Take nothing If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “Do not bring anything”
|
||
LUK 9 3 l473 figs-metonymy εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 for the road Jesus uses the term **road** to refer to the journey that his disciples will make by traveling along roads. Alternate translation: “for your journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 3 qm2p translate-unknown ῥάβδον 1 staff The term **staff** means a large stick that people used for balance when climbing or when walking on uneven ground, and also for defense against animals and people. Alternate translation: “walking stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 3 pp64 translate-unknown πήραν 1 bag The team **bag** means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. Alternate translation: “knapsack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 3 n237 figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread Jesus uses one kind of food, **bread**, to represent food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 9 3 l474 figs-metonymy ἀργύριον 1 silver Jesus uses a means by which value is stored and exchanged, **silver**, to represent money by association. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 3 l475 figs-litotes μήτε δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν 1 nor have two tunics Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. When he says that these men should not each have two tunics, he means that they each should only have one tunic. Alternate translation: “and do not bring an extra tunic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 9 4 kyw3 figs-explicit εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε 1 whatever house you enter into The implication is that the disciples can **enter** a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 4 sa5w ἐκεῖ μένετε 1 stay there Alternate translation: “stay in that same house”
|
||
LUK 9 4 ksb3 καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε 1 and go out from there Alternate translation: “until you leave that place”
|
||
LUK 9 5 ux5m καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξερχόμενοι 1 And wherever they do not receive you, when you go out It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you. When you leave”
|
||
LUK 9 5 ze2w translate-symaction τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ἀποτινάσσετε 1 shake off the dust from your feet This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 9 5 l476 εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 as a testimony against them Alternate translation: “as a warning to them”
|
||
LUK 9 6 afj9 ἐξερχόμενοι 1 they went out Alternate translation: “they left the place were Jesus was”
|
||
LUK 9 6 ycy4 figs-hyperbole θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ 1 healing everywhere Luke says **everywhere** as a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “healing wherever they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 9 7 z45t writing-background δὲ Ἡρῴδης 1 And Herod This phrase marks a break in the main story line. Luke is giving background information about Herod. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 9 7 s2k4 translate-unknown Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης 1 Herod the tetrarch See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 7 c4vy διηπόρει 1 he was perplexed Alternate translation: “he was confused” or “he could not understand”
|
||
LUK 9 7 tcp1 figs-activepassive διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων 1 because it was said by some If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 7 l477 figs-explicit ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 that John had risen from the dead Luke reports in [3:20](../03/20.md) that Herod put John in prison. When John sends messengers to Jesus in [7:18–19](../07/18.md), he does this from prison. But by this point in the story, John is dead, because Herod has executed him. Luke assumes that his readers will know that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could tell them explicitly. Alternate translation: “that John the Baptist, whom Herod had executed, had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 7 l478 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 John Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 8 l479 figs-ellipsis ὑπό τινων δὲ, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐφάνη 1 and by some that Elijah had appeared The expression “it was said” carries forward from the previous verse and applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “and it was said by some that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 9 8 l480 figs-activepassive ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη 1 and by some that Elijah had appeared If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 8 ekf7 figs-ellipsis ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη 1 but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead The expression “it was said” also applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “but it was said by others that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 9 8 l481 figs-activepassive ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη 1 but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 9 flw3 figs-explicit Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, τίς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος 1 I beheaded John, but who is this Herod is assuming that it is impossible for John to have risen from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It cannot be John, because I had his head cut off, so who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 9 r98f figs-synecdoche Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 I beheaded John Herod speaks of himself as the person who did this action, representing the entire group of people who were responsible for it. Herod’s soldiers would actually have carried out the execution, on his orders. Alternate translation: “I commanded my soldiers to cut off John’s head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 9 10 p7gf figs-explicit ὑποστρέψαντες, οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 when the apostles returned The implication is that **the apostles** returned to where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “when the apostles came back to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 10 aal8 figs-explicit ὅσα ἐποίησαν 1 as much as they had done The phrase **as much as they had done** refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 10 l482 figs-activepassive πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά 1 a city called Bethsaida If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 10 r2bq translate-names Βηθσαϊδά 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 9 11 l483 figs-abstractnouns τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 12 btc8 writing-background ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν 1 And the day began to end Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 9 12 l484 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 9 12 l485 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 9 13 l486 figs-litotes οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ 1 There are not more than The disciples are expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 9 13 tay4 translate-unknown ἄρτοι πέντε 1 five loaves This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 13 vuc1 figs-irony εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα 1 unless we go and buy food for all these people The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 9 14 c9z5 figs-explicit ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι 1 about 5,000 men Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 14 v44h κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς 1 Have them recline to eat Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
|
||
LUK 9 15 l552 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 9 15 xq6k figs-parallelism ἐποίησαν οὕτως 1 thus they did, and made them all recline to eat These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 9 16 j39h λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους 1 Then taking the five loaves Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
|
||
LUK 9 16 j8y3 figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking up to heaven This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 16 gm2v εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he blessed them The word **them** refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
|
||
LUK 9 17 l5ml figs-activepassive ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες 1 they all ate and were satisfied If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 17 l487 translate-unknown κόφινοι 1 baskets Here, **baskets** refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 18 y5a5 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 9 18 l91t προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας 1 praying alone The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
|
||
LUK 9 19 l488 figs-hendiadys οἱ…ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν 1 answering they said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 9 19 f2kh figs-ellipsis Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ, Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ 1 John the Baptist, but others Elijah, and others The disciples are answering Jesus in a compressed way, leaving out words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. Alternate translation: “Some say that you are John the Baptist, but others say that you are Elijah, and others say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 9 19 ewu4 figs-explicit ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη 1 that one of the ancient prophets has risen It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “that you are one of the prophets from long ago who has come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 19 x3px figs-explicit ἀνέστη 1 has risen This means **risen** from the dead. Alternate translation: “has come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 20 vy4u εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||
LUK 9 20 l489 figs-hendiadys Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 Then Peter answering said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 9 20 l490 figs-explicit τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The Christ of God **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 21 z55q figs-quotations αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο 1 commanding them to tell this to no one If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 m2v8 figs-123person δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν 1 It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 l491 figs-explicit δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν 1 It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 j5k8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων 1 and to be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 d5je figs-activepassive καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 and to be killed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 l492 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 lw6f figs-activepassive καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 mfe8 translate-ordinal καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 9 22 l493 figs-idiom καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 23 h1u1 πρὸς πάντας 1 to them all Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
|
||
LUK 9 23 h46s figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 come after me To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 23 fnk7 ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself Alternate translation: “he must forsake his own desires”
|
||
LUK 9 23 l494 figs-explicit ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 let him … take up his cross daily The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 23 h7j1 figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 let him … take up his cross daily To **take up** a **cross** represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 23 pk72 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me Here, to **follow** Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 24 l495 figs-idiom ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 but whoever would lose his life for my sake This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 25 lx8i figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς? 1 For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but losing or destroying himself? Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 9 25 l496 figs-activepassive τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς 1 For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 25 xsk5 figs-doublet τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς 1 For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself The terms **losing** and **destroying** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 9 25 l497 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 9 25 hpp5 figs-hyperbole τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς 1 For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 9 26 yrr4 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 my words Jesus is using the term **words** to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 26 tx1k figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 9 26 l498 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 26 dl2i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 9 27 ef6j figs-idiom λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς 1 But I say to you truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 27 m113 figs-123person εἰσίν τινες τῶν αὐτοῦ ἑστηκότων, οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 there are some of those who are standing here who will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God Jesus is using the third person to talk about the people he is talking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “some of you who are standing here will not die before you see the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 9 27 j7fc figs-litotes οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “will see the kingdom of God before they die” or (if you are translating in the second person) “will see the kingdom of God before you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 9 27 gj8t figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 27 l499 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God ruling as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 28 l500 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 9 28 si9j figs-metonymy μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 after these words The phrase **these words** refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 29 l501 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 9 30 p3cd figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Here, Luke uses the word **behold** to alert readers to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 31 g28p figs-activepassive οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ 1 who were seen in glory This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 31 cur1 figs-euphemism τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ 1 his departure Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 9 31 l502 ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
|
||
LUK 9 32 i29n writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 9 32 f8ip figs-activepassive ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ 1 Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 32 l503 figs-personification ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ 1 Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep Luke speaks of **sleep** as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 9 32 tw7e figs-explicit εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 they saw his glory As in [2:9](../02/09.md), the implication is that this **glory** manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 32 tsj6 καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ 1 and the two men who were standing with him The phrase **the two men** refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
|
||
LUK 9 33 l504 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 9 33 npk9 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 as they were going away from him The pronoun **they** refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 33 l505 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 for us … let us make Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 9 33 mby6 translate-unknown σκηνὰς 1 tents The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 33 l506 μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει 1 not knowing what he says To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “he did not know what he was saying”
|
||
LUK 9 34 ct1w writing-pronouns ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 as he was saying this Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 34 e75d figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 34 asa6 εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην 1 they entered into the cloud This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
|
||
LUK 9 35 q8xy figs-explicit φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice from the cloud Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 35 c3gt guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 9 35 l733 figs-activepassive ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος 1 the one who is chosen If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 36 l507 ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν 1 when the voice had happened Alternate translation: “after the voice had spoken”
|
||
LUK 9 36 l508 figs-idiom εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος 1 Jesus was found alone The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 36 l509 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος 1 Jesus was found alone If it would be helpful in your language, you could state **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 36 v9uy figs-doublet αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν 1 they were silent and told no one These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 9 36 l510 figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν 1 told no one … anything Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 9 36 l511 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 37 q5f5 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 9 38 l512 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 38 k35b writing-participants ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 a man from the crowd Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 9 38 l513 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 9 38 l514 figs-idiom ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ 1 look upon This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 39 l515 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold The man uses the term **behold** to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 39 ka7j writing-participants πνεῦμα 1 a spirit The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 9 39 abm3 translate-unknown μετὰ ἀφροῦ 1 with foam When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 39 l516 figs-litotes μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 it departs from him with difficulty The man is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 9 39 l517 figs-metaphor συντρῖβον αὐτόν 1 crushing him The man speaks of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 41 sdu1 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Then answering Jesus said Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 9 41 bi9m figs-apostrophe ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you and bear with you? Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 9 41 l518 figs-rquestion ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you and bear with you? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 9 41 apa3 figs-doublet ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη 1 O unbelieving and perverted generation The terms **unbelieving** and **perverted** mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 9 41 qk1w figs-you ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 until when will I be with you and bear with you? In both cases here, **you** is plural in Greek because Jesus is addressing a **generation** that is made up of many people. However, **generation** is a collective noun, and if your language would treat a collective noun as singular in a context like this, you could use the singular form of **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 9 41 ls7b figs-you προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου 1 Bring your son here Jesus is now speaking to the father of the boy, and so **your** is singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 9 42 l519 writing-pronouns ἔτι…προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ 1 while he was coming The pronoun **he** refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 43 hz1l figs-explicit ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they all marveled at the majesty of God Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that **God** was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 43 d61c writing-pronouns πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει 1 everything that he was doing The word **he** refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 44 gah9 figs-idiom θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 You put these words in your ears Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 44 im3l figs-activepassive ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι 1 the Son of Man is going to be handed over If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 44 ygr3 figs-123person ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι 1 the Son of Man is going to be handed over Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 9 44 l520 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι 1 the Son of Man is going to be handed over See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 44 l521 figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men The term **hands** represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 44 l522 figs-explicit εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 45 l523 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου 1 this word … about this word Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 45 ub1r figs-activepassive ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 it was hidden from them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 46 dh3w writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 among them Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 46 l524 τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 1 which of them might be the greatest Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
|
||
LUK 9 47 cx62 figs-metaphor εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 knowing the reasoning in their hearts Here Luke uses **hearts** to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 48 l525 figs-hyperbole τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον 1 this child Jesus is using the **child** as an extreme example. He is illustrating that since he will be present in even the most humble of his followers, the disciples do not need to argue among themselves about which of them is the greatest. Everyone who is working on behalf of Jesus possesses his full honor and dignity. Alternate translation: “even someone as seemingly insignificant as this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 9 48 afx5 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “as someone who is working on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 48 mav1 figs-metaphor ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 welcomes me This is a metaphor, but If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is welcoming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 48 awc6 figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 48 zw5t figs-gendernotations οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας 1 he is great Here Jesus uses the pronoun **he** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 9 49 uwr3 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν 1 Then answering John said Together **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 9 49 bj41 figs-exclusive εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 we saw … with us When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 9 49 py8i figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 49 l526 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 he does not follow with us In this case, to **follow** Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in [5:27](../05/27.md), since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 50 hw85 figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε 1 Do not prevent him Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 9 51 l527 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 9 51 c8gx figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 9 51 l528 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when the days … were being fulfilled Here Luke uses **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 51 l529 figs-explicit τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his being taken up The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 51 mq2d figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν 1 he set his face The phrase **set his face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 52 l530 figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ 1 before his face The term **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 52 l531 translate-names κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν 1 a Samaritan village **Samaritan** is a name that refers to a place that is in the region of Samaria or to a person who is from that region. Samaria was between Galilee and Judea, and the people who lived there were not Jewish and they were hostile to the Jews. The terms **Samaritan** and Samaria occur several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 9 52 b6ct figs-idiom ὡς ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ 1 so as to prepare for him This phrase means to make arrangements in anticipation of his arrival there, such as for food to eat, a place to stay, and possibly also a place to speak. Alternate translation: “to arrange his accommodations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 9 53 v61k οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν 1 they did not welcome him Alternate translation: “the Samaritans did not want him to stay with them”
|
||
LUK 9 53 l532 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 his face was going to Jerusalem Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the **face** because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in [9:52](../09/52.md). Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 9 53 n62j figs-explicit ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 because his face was going to Jerusalem The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 54 a8sf figs-metaphor ἰδόντες 1 saw The verb **having seen** represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “having recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 54 y4rq figs-explicit θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς? 1 do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them? James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 54 l533 figs-exclusive θέλεις εἴπωμεν 1 do you want us to tell By **us**, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so **us** is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 9 55 pj6b writing-pronouns στραφεὶς…ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς 1 he turned and rebuked them The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 57 l534 τις 1 someone This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
|
||
LUK 9 58 yq5n figs-merism αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky have nests Jesus is using a figure of speech. By naming a creature that lives on land and a creature that flies in the air, Jesus is referring to all creatures. Alternate translation: “Every creature has a place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 anv9 translate-unknown αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν 1 The foxes have dens The word **foxes** describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word **dens** refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 c88m figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 the birds of the sky, nests In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 ls02 figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 the birds of the sky, nests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 r7vq figs-123person ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 the Son of Man **Jesus** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 l535 figs-explicit ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 l536 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have anywhere to lay his head Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 l537 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have anywhere to lay his head This expression means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, **lay** down his **head**. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 58 ff62 figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have anywhere to lay his head Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 9 59 l538 figs-metaphor ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **Follow** Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 59 l539 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 permit me to go first to bury my father It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
|
||
LUK 9 59 l540 figs-metonymy ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 permit me to go first to bury my father One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 60 l541 figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 Let the dead bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression **the dead** likely refers to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 60 l542 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 9 60 l543 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 9 61 l544 figs-metaphor ἀκολουθήσω σοι 1 I will follow you As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 61 l545 πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 but first permit me Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
|
||
LUK 9 61 l546 figs-metonymy τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου 1 those in my home This person is referring to his family by association with where they live. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 9 62 l547 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 No one, having put his hand on a plow, yet looking to the things behind, is fit for the kingdom of God Jesus responds with an illustration that is designed to teach this person about what is required to be his disciple. He means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if his past loyalties are more important to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this illustration. Alternate translation, add: “No one can plow straight if he is looking backwards, and in the same way, no one will be useful in the kingdom of God if his past loyalties are more important to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 9 62 l548 figs-synecdoche οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον 1 No one, having put his hand on a plow Jesus refers to a person using a plow by describing one part of that activity, guiding the plow with the **hand**. Alternate translation: “No one who is using a plow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 9 62 l553 translate-unknown οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον 1 No one, having put his hand on a plow A **plow** is a tool that farmers use to break up soil to prepare a field for planting. Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of tool, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “No one who needs to go straight forward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 9 62 l549 figs-explicit βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 looking to the things behind The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 9 62 l550 figs-abstractnouns εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is fit for the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 10 intro z899 0 # Luke 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1–24)<br>2. Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25–37)<br>3. Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38–43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Neighbor<br><br>The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29–37). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “72”<br><br>In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke.<br><br>### “Jesus”<br><br>In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.”<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 10 1 u8l6 writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα 1 And after these things Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 10 1 l551 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the title **the Lord** to show his authority. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 10 1 m75c translate-textvariants ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 72 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 10 1 g8ka figs-idiom ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο 1 sent them out by twos This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in groups of two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 1 l554 figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ 1 before his face Here, **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” or “to prepare the way for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 2 fx9w figs-events ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς 1 And he said to them Jesus said these things to the 72 disciples before they actually went out. Alternate translation: “He had said to them” or “Before they went out, he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
LUK 10 2 ju6z figs-metaphor ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few This statement means, “There is a big crop, but there are not enough workers to bring it in.” Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “There are many people who are ready to enter God’s kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to help them understand how to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 2 l555 figs-exmetaphor τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 the Lord of the harvest Jesus continues to speak and extends his metaphor by describing God as **the Lord of the harvest**. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 2 l556 figs-exmetaphor ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ 1 that he would send out laborers into his harvest Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as **laborers** in the **harvest**. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 3 x732 figs-explicit ὑπάγετε 1 Go If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 3 l557 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 3 u8h7 figs-simile ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 10 3 l558 translate-unknown ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves Jesus’ disciples would have known that **lambs** are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that **wolves** are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 10 3 l559 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, **you** is plural here and through [10:12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 10 4 l560 figs-idiom μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals Here Jesus is using the word **carry** in an idiomatic sense to mean “bring along.” He is not envisioning that these disciples might carry their sandals in their hands. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 4 fz6p figs-metonymy μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them with larger meanings. The **money bag** represents the money it would contain. The **sack** represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The **sandals** represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 4 l561 figs-explicit μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in [10:7](../10/07.md), he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 4 tj52 figs-hyperbole μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε 1 greet no one on the road Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 10 5 l562 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 say, ‘Peace be to this house’ Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 10 5 zk69 figs-metonymy εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 Peace be to this house The term **house** refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 5 l563 figs-idiom εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 Peace be to this house This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 6 x5e4 figs-idiom υἱὸς εἰρήνης 1 a son of peace The expression **son of** refers to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 6 pq5j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαήσεται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν 1 your peace will rest upon him Here, **upon** creates a spatial metaphor. It means that this person will experience the peace that God gives in a special and lasting way. Alternate translation: “he will deeply experience the peace that you wish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 6 it4v figs-ellipsis εἰ…μή γε 1 if not It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 10 6 zpx9 figs-personification ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει 1 it will return to you Jesus describes **peace** as a living thing that could choose to leave one person and go to another person. Alternate translation: “you will experience that peace yourselves instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 10 7 ki3k ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε 1 remain in that house Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all the time and never leave it, but that they should make it their base of operations for as long as they were in that place. Alternate translation: “stay at that house”
|
||
LUK 10 7 l564 figs-idiom τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν 1 what is from them This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the food and drink that they provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 7 u3vs writing-proverbs ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 for the laborer is worthy of his wages Jesus is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life, to explain the reason for these arrangements. You could translate the proverb directly into your language, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “for since you will be teaching and healing the people, they should provide you with a place to stay and food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
LUK 10 7 kd8i μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν 1 Do not move around from house to house This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, **remain in that house**, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
|
||
LUK 10 8 k8yb writing-pronouns καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they receive you The pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 10 8 wd2x figs-activepassive ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν 1 eat what is served to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 9 ws6g figs-nominaladj τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 10 9 l565 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in it Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 10 9 l566 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 10 9 e1he figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come close to you The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 10 10 nt9n writing-pronouns καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they do not receive you This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in [10:8](../10/08.md). Once again the pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 10 11 l567 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you! But know this, that the kingdom of God has come near Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 10 11 bc9h translate-symaction καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν 1 Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 10 11 l634 figs-youdual ἀπομασσόμεθα 1 we wipe off Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, two people would be saying this. So languages that have a dual form of “we” should use that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 10 11 s7ks figs-idiom πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε 1 But know this The phrase introduces a warning. Alternate translation: “But we must warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 11 fdk3 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God has come near See how you translated the similar sentence in [10:9](../10/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 10 12 hhl1 λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 I say to you that Jesus says this to emphasize that what he is about to tell these disciples is very important. Alternate translation: “Take special note that”
|
||
LUK 10 12 l568 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 on that day Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 12 m7ch figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 on that day Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 12 qg62 figs-metonymy Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city Jesus uses the name of the city, **Sodom**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 12 l569 figs-explicit Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of **Sodom** because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 sf42 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is speaking to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about those cities. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l570 figs-idiom οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l571 figs-metonymy οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l572 figs-you οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin … Bethsaida **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l575 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 l577 figs-youdual αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the mighty works that happened in you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is speaking to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l583 figs-you σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 bjh5 figs-activepassive ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 15 l588 figs-explicit ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 16 i786 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει 1 The one who listens to you listens to me You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 16 q56b figs-metaphor ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ 1 the one who rejects you rejects me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 16 g3fx figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 3 the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 16 eus8 figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 17 m7nh figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 then the 72 returned Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 17 prj8 translate-textvariants ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 72 As in [10:1](../10/01.md), see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 10 17 l589 figs-activepassive τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν 1 the demons are subjected to us If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 17 cx7b figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name The term **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 18 a37w figs-simile ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 10 18 v8fl figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 fall from heaven While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 19 l591 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses **Behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 19 xl7q figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων 1 authority to tread on snakes and scorpions This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase **snakes and scorpions** is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 19 l592 translate-unknown ὄφεων 1 snakes In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 10 19 mla6 translate-unknown σκορπίων 1 scorpions The term **scorpions** describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with **scorpions**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 10 19 uvt4 figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ 1 and over all the power of the enemy This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The **enemy** is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 19 l593 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ 1 nothing will harm you at all Here Jesus uses a double negative for emphasis, “nothing in no way will hurt you.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “something in some way might hurt you.” If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 10 20 cs52 figs-hyperbole ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται, χαίρετε δὲ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 do not rejoice in this, that the spirits are subjected to you, but rejoice that your names are written in the heavens Jesus is not actually telling the disciples not to rejoice over the way God has allowed them to deliver people who were oppressed by demons. Rather, he is exaggerating to emphasize that the disciples should rejoice even more that their names are written in heaven. Alternate translation: “rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 10 20 l594 figs-activepassive τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται 1 the spirits are subjected to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 20 s4cj figs-activepassive τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your names are written in the heavens If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 20 l595 figs-explicit τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your names are written in the heavens While it may be literally true that there is a written record of names in heaven, you may wish to express the meaning and significance of this in your translation. Alternate translation: “God in heaven knows that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 l596 figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 At that hour Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 l597 figs-youformal ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ 1 I thank you, Father Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal form of **you** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 mf9d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 rs3w figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together **heaven** and **earth** represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 n6xb figs-extrainfo ταῦτα 1 these things Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 l598 figs-nominaladj σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 i2zf figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 l599 figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 a175 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 infants The phrase **little children** refers to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 21 nm6t figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 before you Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been handed over to me from my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 22 l600 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows who the Son is except the Father If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
|
||
LUK 10 22 xm3s figs-123person γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son … the Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 10 22 rkt2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows … who the Father is except the Son If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows … who the Father is” or “only I know … who the Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 10 22 zg14 γινώσκει 1 knows … who the Father is Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with”
|
||
LUK 10 22 evw3 ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 to whomever the Son desires to reveal him Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
|
||
LUK 10 23 yd5s figs-explicit καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν 1 And having turned around to the disciples, he said privately The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 23 l601 figs-synecdoche μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε 1 Blessed are the eyes that see what you see Jesus is using the term **eyes** to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 10 23 mq23 figs-explicit μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε 1 Blessed are the eyes that see what you see The phrase **what you see** probably refers to the great works of healing and miracles that Jesus is doing, which reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see the things that I am doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 24 f32w figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 and did not see If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 24 q61s figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 what you hear The phrase **what you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 24 mb4b figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 and did not hear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 l602 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-participants νομικός τις 1 a certain lawyer Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 l603 translate-unknown νομικός τις 1 lawyer See how you translated **lawyer** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “a certain expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 l604 translate-symaction ἀνέστη 1 stood up By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 c6ac ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν 1 to test him Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
|
||
LUK 10 25 l605 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 10 25 dh16 figs-metaphor τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω? 1 doing what, will I inherit everlasting life? The lawyer is using the term **inherit** in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “what must I do in order to have everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 l606 figs-verbs τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω? 1 Doing what, will I inherit eternal life? This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 10 25 ls03 figs-metaphor τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 doing what, will I inherit everlasting life The lawyer means implicitly that he would **inherit** or “come to possess” this **everlasting life** from God. Alternate translation: “what must I do so that God will give me everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 26 nj77 figs-rquestion ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? 1 What is written in the law? How do you read it? Jesus is using these questions to get this man to reflect on the Jewish law and apply it to his own question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement that incorporates both of Jesus’ questions. Alternate translation: “Tell me what Moses wrote about that in the law and how you understand it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 10 26 l607 figs-parallelism ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? 1 What is written in the law? How do you read it? These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis and clarity. Both phrases have to do with what the law says. The first phrase views this objectively in terms of what is written there, and the second phrase views this subjectively from the perspective of a person reading it. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if your readers might wonder why Jesus was saying basically the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “Tell me what answer a person would find to your question in the law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 10 26 m2nl figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? 1 What is written in the law? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 26 a8nt figs-idiom πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? 1 How do you read it? This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 27 l608 figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 And answering he said Together **answering** and **said** mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 10 27 l609 figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **You** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **You** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 10 27 hxk1 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 10 27 fzb6 figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your strength, and with all your mind Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 10 27 l610 figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul The words **heart** and **soul** represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you could represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 10 27 k1el figs-ellipsis καὶ, τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 and your neighbor as yourself The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation (filling in ellipsis): “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 10 28 l611 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ 1 Do this, and you will live Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 10 28 xd4n ζήσῃ 1 you will live Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
|
||
LUK 10 29 xt23 ὁ δὲ θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν, εἶπεν 1 But he, desiring to justify himself, said Alternate translation: “But the lawyer wanted to prove that he had done what he needed to do, so he said”
|
||
LUK 10 29 lr4m figs-explicit τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον? 1 who is my neighbor? If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the reason why the lawyer asked this specific question. Alternate translation: “whom should I consider to be my neighbor, that is, someone I need to love as I love myself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 l612 figs-hendiadys ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Then answering Jesus said Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the question that the lawyer asked him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 bh6g figs-parables ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Then answering Jesus said Jesus answers the man’s question by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “As an answer to the man’s question, Jesus told him this story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 e1lv writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 l614 figs-idiom κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Ἰερειχὼ 1 was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho Jesus says **going down** because this man would have had to travel from a mountain height down into a valley to go from Jerusalem to Jericho. Alternate translation: “was traveling from Jerusalem to Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 v2ms figs-idiom λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν 1 fell among robbers Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “some robbers attacked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 heb5 figs-idiom ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 having stripped him Alternate translation: “after they had taken everything he had” or “after they had stolen of all his things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 l615 figs-idiom καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες 1 and having laid on blows This expression means that the robbers also beat this man. Alternate translation: “and beaten him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 30 r3gd figs-idiom ἡμιθανῆ 1 half dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “almost dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 31 i3sf κατὰ συνκυρίαν 1 by coincidence This expression means that this event was not anything that anyone had planned. Alternate translation: “it just so happened that”
|
||
LUK 10 31 plr2 writing-participants ἱερεύς τις 1 a certain priest This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was a priest who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 31 l616 figs-explicit ἱερεύς τις 1 a certain priest Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 31 gh79 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 and when he saw him Since a priest is a religious leader, the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the priest saw the injured man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 10 31 xiu7 figs-explicit ἀντιπαρῆλθεν 1 he passed by on the other side The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 32 z3ct writing-participants καὶ Λευείτης 1 a Levite also This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 32 l617 figs-ellipsis καὶ Λευείτης 1 a Levite also Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite traveling on that road who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 10 32 lf3l figs-explicit καὶ Λευείτης 1 a Levite also Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a **Levite** was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 32 l618 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁμοίως…καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν 1 likewise a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 10 32 l619 figs-explicit ἀντιπαρῆλθεν 1 passed by on the other side The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 33 z3xt writing-participants Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 33 cyp5 figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 33 l620 grammar-connect-logic-contrast Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. you could do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 10 33 w8qm ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 he was moved with compassion Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
|
||
LUK 10 34 emq5 figs-events κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον 1 he bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine The Samaritan would have put the **oil and wine** on the **wounds** first, and then **bound up** the **wounds**. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
LUK 10 34 um21 figs-explicit ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον 1 pouring on oil and wine The **wine** was used to clean the **wounds**, and the **oil** was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 34 ktz4 translate-unknown τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος 1 his own animal The Greek term translated as **animal** refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could state that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey is, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 10 35 z9w5 translate-bmoney δύο δηνάρια 1 two denarii See how you translated the term **denarii** in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “two silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to two days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 10 35 nu6t τῷ πανδοχεῖ 1 the inn-keeper Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
|
||
LUK 10 35 f5dz figs-hypo ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι 1 whatever more you might spend, when I return, I will repay you The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 10 36 pa6a τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς? 1 Which of these three do you think became a neighbor to the one who fell among the robbers? If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
|
||
LUK 10 36 v31w πλησίον…γεγονέναι 1 became a neighbor Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
|
||
LUK 10 36 kv4z figs-idiom τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς 1 the one who fell among the robbers As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 10 37 ig9x figs-explicit πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως 1 You go and do likewise The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 And as they were traveling along Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered … welcomed him Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces **Martha** as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 39 l623 writing-participants καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 And she had a sister called Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 10 39 l624 figs-activepassive καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 called Mary If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 39 fal8 figs-explicit παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 she was sitting at the feet of Jesus This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 39 l626 translate-textvariants τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 10 39 l627 τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 10 39 i74b figs-metonymy ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 listening to his word Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said while he was at Martha’s house. Alternate translation: “and listened to what he said” or “and listened to him teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 10 40 adr5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν 1 But Martha was distracted with much service If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 40 jd9a figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλιπεν διακονεῖν? 1 are you not concerned that my sister has left me alone to serve? Martha is complaining that Jesus is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. Martha respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it seems as if you do not care that my sister has left me alone to serve.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 10 41 l628 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Κύριος 1 But answering the Lord said to her Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to Martha’s request. Alternate translation: “But the Lord replied to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 10 41 l629 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 10 41 dsw3 Μάρθα, Μάρθα 1 Martha, Martha Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
|
||
LUK 10 41 l630 figs-doublet μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are anxious and troubled about many things The terms **anxious** and **troubled** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 10 41 l631 figs-activepassive μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are … troubled about many things If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could state **you are anxious and troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are anxious and letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 10 42 hqt4 figs-hyperbole ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 10 42 l632 figs-explicit ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 10 42 l633 Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο 1 Mary has chosen the good part While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
|
||
LUK 10 42 nzn8 figs-activepassive ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς 1 which will not be taken away from her If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 intro j6le 0 # Luke 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1–13)<br>2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14–36)<br>3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37–54)<br><br>ULT sets the lines in 11:2–4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Lord’s Prayer<br><br>When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### Bread and stone, fish and snake<br><br>In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 11 1 fl3j writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 11 1 l635 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 John This disciple is referring to **John** the Baptist. you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 2 n3pz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as **Father** when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 11 2 l636 figs-explicit ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be made holy Jesus is not saying that God’s **name** is not already **holy** in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s **name**. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 2 l637 figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be made holy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 2 b6sr figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be made holy The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 2 tm1a figs-abstractnouns ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Let your kingdom come See how you decided to translate the phrase “the kingdom of God” in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the **kingdom** of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 11 2 l638 figs-youformal σου 1 your Here, **your** is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for **your** in its two instances here and for **you** in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||
LUK 11 3 q89w figs-imperative δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 11 3 l639 figs-exclusive δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 11 3 s6qp figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 our daily bread Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us … may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 11 4 wi99 figs-metaphor παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν 1 everyone who owes us Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 4 db55 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 may you not lead us into temptation You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
|
||
LUK 11 5 l640 figs-hypo τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου 1 Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 11 5 l641 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 and say to him, Friend, lend three loaves to me If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 11 5 y1s9 χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 lend three loaves to me Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
|
||
LUK 11 6 l642 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 since my friend has come to me from the road, and I do not have anything to serve to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 11 6 l643 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου 1 since The speaker uses the word **since** to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking. My friend” or “I am asking because my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 11 6 zl5w figs-metonymy παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με 1 my friend has come to me from the road The speaker uses the term **road** to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 6 zp7j figs-hyperbole ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 11 6 l731 figs-explicit ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἔσωθεν ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering … he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply from inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 11 7 l645 figs-quotesinquotes εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι 1 he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 11 7 l646 figs-activepassive ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται 1 The door has already been shut If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 7 vhf7 figs-hyperbole οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς 1 I am not able to get up The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 11 8 zl2k figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 11 8 prx6 figs-abstractnouns διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ 1 yet because of his persistence If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **persistence** with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 11 8 l647 ἐγερθεὶς 1 he will rise up Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
|
||
LUK 11 9 j4ef figs-you ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you … to you … you will find … to you In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 11 9 l648 figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε 1 ask … seek It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 9 i7j9 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 9 l1f6 translate-unknown κρούετε 1 knock To **knock** at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 9 l649 figs-metaphor κρούετε 1 knock Jesus is using the expression **knock** to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 9 kp3h figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be opened to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 9 l650 figs-metaphor ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be opened to you This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 10 l651 translate-unknown τῷ κρούοντι 1 to the one who knocks See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “to the one who calls out” or “to the one who coughs” or “to the one who claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 10 l652 figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται 1 it will be opened If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 10 l653 figs-metaphor ἀνοιγήσεται 1 it will be opened This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 11 l654 translate-textvariants τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει? 1 And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake? See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or a longer one that is found in some ancient manuscripts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 11 11 l655 τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει 1 And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake Alternate translation: “Which of you fathers, if his son asked for a fish, would give him a snake instead of a fish”
|
||
LUK 11 11 q63d figs-rquestion τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει? 1 And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “None of you fathers would give your son a snake if he asked for a fish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 11 11 l656 figs-hypo τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει? 1 And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake? Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach, and you could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a son who asked for a fish to eat. None of you fathers would give him a snake instead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 11 11 ls04 figs-explicit ὄφιν 1 a snake In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 12 l657 figs-ellipsis ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον 1 Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion Jesus is speaking in an abbreviated way. Alternate translation: “Or if a son asked for an egg, would his father give him a scorpion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 11 12 r52w figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον? 1 Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “And no father would give his son a scorpion if he asked for an egg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 11 12 l658 figs-hypo ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον? 1 Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion? Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach. You could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Or suppose a son asked for an egg to eat. His father would not give him a scorpion instead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 11 12 e8hr translate-unknown σκορπίον 1 scorpion A **scorpion** is a small animal related to the spider. It has two claws and a poisonous stinger in its tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a poisonous stinging animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 12 ls05 figs-explicit σκορπίον 1 a scorpion In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 13 g99r grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε 1 if you who are evil know Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
LUK 11 13 aww7 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 how much more will the Father who is from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 11 14 uyu1 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 11 14 afa8 figs-explicit ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν 1 he was driving out a mute demon The **demon** itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 14 l6cg writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 11 14 p72b figs-ellipsis τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος 1 when the demon had gone out Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had **gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 11 14 tnq3 ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός 1 the mute man spoke Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
|
||
LUK 11 15 y6zi figs-metonymy ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 By Beelzebul These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 16 r519 writing-pronouns ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες 1 others tested him The pronoun **{him}** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 11 16 l660 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven Luke uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 16 x9fw figs-explicit σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 17 l661 figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbs to express the ideas behind the two passive verb forms **divided** and **is made desolate**. Alternate translation: “If the people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 17 e36g figs-metonymy βασιλεία 1 kingdom Jesus uses the term **kingdom** to refer to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people of a kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 17 l662 figs-ellipsis οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει 1 house against house falls Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The sense of **divided** can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “any house that is divided against itself will collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 11 17 rc4h figs-metonymy οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει 1 house against house falls The term **house** refers to the people of a family who live in the same **house**. Alternate translation: “if family members fight against each other, they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 17 ze6p figs-metaphor πίπτει 1 falls This image of a house collapsing depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “will ruin the family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 18 jd5t figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 11 18 l663 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 18 l665 figs-metaphor πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 how will his kingdom stand? Jesus asks how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered **Beelzebul** to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 19 i48v figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 11 19 l667 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
LUK 11 19 l668 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 19 l670 figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 19 bs8x figs-explicit αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται 1 they will be your judges If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 20 l671 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
LUK 11 20 y643 figs-metonymy ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ 1 the finger of God This phrase refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 20 ja3u figs-abstractnouns ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God has come to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 11 21 e4d1 figs-parables ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος 1 When the strong man who is fully armed To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 11 21 l672 figs-activepassive ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος 1 the strong man who is fully armed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 21 l673 figs-synecdoche φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν 1 is guarding his own courtyard Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 11 21 pb5v figs-idiom ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his possessions are at peace This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s **possessions**, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 11 22 g1hx figs-nominaladj ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ 1 a stronger than he Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 11 22 zv57 figs-metaphor τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 divide his spoils Jesus speaks of the first man’s possessions as if they were the **spoils** of war. He also says that the stronger man will **divide** these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 22 l674 figs-explicit τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 divide his spoils The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 23 yw6h ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει 1 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
|
||
LUK 11 23 h3kb ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one who is not with me Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not working with me”
|
||
LUK 11 23 t7zn κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me Alternate translation: “is working against me”
|
||
LUK 11 23 wa13 figs-explicit ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 l675 figs-hypo ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man, it passes through waterless places seeking rest Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 l676 figs-idiom τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα 1 the unclean spirit This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 l677 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 the man Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 fpj5 figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 l678 figs-idiom ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 seeking rest This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 yvp4 figs-hypo καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 and not finding any, it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’ Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 l679 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’ Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 11 24 s89t figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 my house from which I came The demon is referring to the person it formerly controlled as its **house**. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 25 b4u3 figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 25 l680 figs-exmetaphor εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 25 l681 figs-explicit εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 26 wqq4 figs-nominaladj γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last things of that man become worse than the first things Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 11 26 l682 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου 1 that man Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 27 m86m writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 11 27 pk7m figs-idiom ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 11 27 l683 figs-hendiadys ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said The phrase **lifting up her voice** tells how the woman **said** what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 11 27 vjt7 figs-synecdoche μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας 1 Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 11 27 l684 μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας 1 Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
|
||
LUK 11 28 c7e8 μενοῦν, μακάριοι 1 Rather, blessed are Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more **blessed**. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
|
||
LUK 11 28 l685 οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες 1 the ones who hear the word of God and keep it Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
|
||
LUK 11 28 c3f2 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Jesus uses the term **word** to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 29 cf2t figs-explicit τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων 1 as the crowds were increasing If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what these **crowds** were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 29 kt6k figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν; σημεῖον ζητεῖ 1 This generation is an evil generation. It seeks Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “The people living at this time are evil people. They seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 29 q19q figs-explicit σημεῖον ζητεῖ 1 It seeks a sign If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the purpose of the **sign** that the people were seeking. Alternate translation: “They want me to perform a miracle to prove that I have come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 29 l686 grammar-connect-exceptions σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 11 29 s29w figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 a sign will not be given to it If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 29 ft6z τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 the sign of Jonah Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
|
||
LUK 11 30 vj9m figs-explicit καθὼς…ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 30 l687 translate-names τοῖς Νινευείταις 1 the Ninevites **Ninevites** describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 11 30 il7p figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 11 30 l732 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 30 ax7q figs-metonymy τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 to this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 t1mw translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 bx3c translate-symaction ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will stand up … with the men of this generation In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 l688 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||
LUK 11 31 l689 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 the men of this generation Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 rnq9 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 l690 figs-abstractnouns τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 the wisdom of Solomon If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 l691 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 l692 figs-nominaladj πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 cwa7 figs-123person πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 11 31 p75h figs-explicit πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 pkh5 figs-explicit ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 g456 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 The men Here, **men** is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 l693 translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up … with this generation Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 l694 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||
LUK 11 32 uwp5 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
|
||
LUK 11 32 l695 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 l696 figs-nominaladj πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 ac61 figs-123person πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 11 32 l697 figs-explicit πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 33 l698 figs-parables οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας 1 No one, having lit a lamp To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 11 33 ht3v translate-unknown κρύπτην 1 a hidden place This expression means a place in a house that would not ordinarily be seen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the name of any part of a dwelling in your culture that would not ordinarily be seen. Alternate translation: “a closet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 33 l699 translate-unknown τὸν μόδιον 1 the measure The term **the measure** refers to a container for dry material that had a capacity of about eight liters or about two gallons. You can represent the term in your translation with the name of a corresponding container in your culture. Alternate translation: “a basket” or “a bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 33 hz46 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν 1 but on the lampstand If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the understood subject and verb in this clause. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead, a person places a lighted lamp on a lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 11 34 n1pg figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου 1 The lamp of the body is your eye The **eye** is a **lamp** in a figurative sense. It is not a source of light, but a channel of light. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 34 l700 figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** and **you** are singular in [11:34–36](../11/34.md). But if the singular form of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 11 34 rm2n figs-exmetaphor ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν 1 When your eye is healthy, your whole body is also illuminated Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 34 td49 figs-exmetaphor ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν 1 But when it is bad, your body is also dark Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 34 l701 ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 But when it is bad In this context, Jesus is using the term **evil** to contrast with **healthy**, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
|
||
LUK 11 35 z96u figs-exmetaphor σκόπει…μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν 1 beware that the light that is in you is not darkness Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “it would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 36 g336 figs-simile ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε 1 it will all be illuminated, as when the lamp with its brightness illuminates you Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 11 37 h6zz writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι 1 and when he had spoken Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 11 37 l702 ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee asks him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
|
||
LUK 11 37 l703 writing-participants Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 11 37 x6nx translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 reclined to eat It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “he sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 38 bm8j figs-explicit οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he did not first wash The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “he wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 39 l704 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you Pharisees always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 39 b8gj figs-abstractnouns τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 but the inside of you is full of greed and evil If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 11 40 zq4l figs-nominaladj ἄφρονες 1 You foolish ones Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν? 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 11 41 m3ww figs-explicit τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 give as charity what is inside Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 41 l705 figs-metonymy τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 give as charity what is inside Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is **inside**. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 41 l706 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 41 phz9 figs-explicit πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν 1 all things are clean to you The implication is that if the Pharisees devote themselves to what is most important, helping people in need, then they will recognize that ceremonial cleansing is less important and less worthy of their attention. Alternate translation: “you will not have to be so concerned about ritually washing cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 42 ans4 figs-explicit ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον, καὶ πᾶν λάχανον 1 you tithe the mint and the rue and every garden herb The implication is that the Pharisees are counting the leaves on their garden herbs and giving a tenth of those to God, and that by doing that, they are going to almost absurd extremes in pursuing that devotional practice. Alternate translation: “you are so extreme that you give every tenth leaf from your mint and rue and other garden plants to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 42 p71g translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον 1 the mint and the rue These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 42 l25z figs-hyperbole πᾶν λάχανον 1 every garden herb This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 11 42 yk7d τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the justice and the love of God Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
|
||
LUK 11 42 l707 ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα 1 these things, and … those things By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
|
||
LUK 11 42 myv2 figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι 1 and not to neglect those things If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 11 43 w6pv figs-idiom τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν 1 the first seats This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 11 43 sz72 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς 1 the greetings The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 44 hag2 figs-simile ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 you are like the unseen graves, and the men walking over them do not know it Jesus is saying that the Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they appear to be ceremonially clean, and so people do not realize that they should avoid them and their teaching. Alternate translation: “you are like burial places that people should not go near, but people do not realize that because the places are unmarked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 11 44 l708 figs-explicit ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα 1 you are like the unseen graves The implication is that these **graves** are **unseen**, that is, people do not know that they are there, because they do not have markers such as the stones or plaques that are customarily used to identify graves and to memorialize the people who are buried in them. Alternate translation: “you are like unmarked graves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 44 mrw1 translate-unknown μνημεῖα 1 graves The term **graves** refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with **graves**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 44 l709 figs-gendernotations καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω 1 and the men walking over them Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that people walk over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 44 h9x7 figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 44 l710 figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 45 l711 ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then answering one of the lawyers says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
|
||
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει 1 answering … says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “one of the lawyers responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 11 45 u1vv writing-participants τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 11 45 l713 translate-unknown τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers See how you translated “lawyer” in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 45 l714 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 11 45 v1pr ταῦτα λέγων, καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις 1 saying these things, you insult us too Alternate translation: “those are not very nice things to say, and they apply to us too”
|
||
LUK 11 46 wx9j figs-explicit καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί 1 Woe also to you lawyers The implication is that Jesus did intend to condemn the actions of the experts in the law along with the actions of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “God is just as displeased with you experts in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 46 l715 translate-unknown τοῖς νομικοῖς 1 lawyers See how you translated **lawyers** in [11:45](../11/45.md). Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 46 v2vl figs-metaphor φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα 1 you burden men with burdens difficult to carry Jesus is describing the many rules that these experts give people as burdens that are too heavy to carry. Alternate translation: “you give people more rules than they can possibly follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 46 l716 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 46 mws4 figs-hyperbole αὐτοὶ ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις 1 you yourselves do not touch the burdens with one of your fingers Jesus uses the least possible thing someone could do to help someone else carry a burden, lifting part of it with a single finger, to emphasize how little these experts are actually doing to help people follow the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “you are not doing anything at all to help people truly obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 11 47 l717 figs-gendernotations πατέρες 1 fathers Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 48 drs1 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 you bear witness and consent to the works of your fathers The implication is that the Pharisees and experts in the law are not really honoring the prophets whom their ancestors killed when they build elaborate tombs for them. Rather, their ancestors began the job by actually killing them, and now they are finishing the job by burying them. Alternate translation: “you show that you approve of and agree with what your ancestors did when you bury the prophets to finish the job of killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 48 l718 figs-gendernotations τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 your fathers Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 11 48 l719 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 you are building The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as [11:47](../11/47.md) says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 49 by5w διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason The expression **Because of this** refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
|
||
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 the wisdom of God said Jesus speaks of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom also said” or “God also wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 11 49 lda4 figs-explicit ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 49 w1fh figs-hendiadys ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 kill and persecute Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-explicit ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that … may be required from this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for the blood of all the prophets that people shed from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 50 l721 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 50 l722 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
|
||
LUK 11 50 l723 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 51 jes7 translate-names Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 11 51 l726 figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου 1 the house Jesus calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 51 l727 figs-activepassive ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 it will be required from this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 11 51 l728 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 11 52 vj5a translate-unknown τοῖς νομικοῖς 1 lawyers See how you translated **lawyers** in [11:45](../11/45.md). Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 52 s4fc figs-metaphor ἤρατε τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως 1 you have taken away the key of knowledge Jesus speaks about the **knowledge** of God’s truth as if it were in a building whose door was locked, and about proper teaching as if it were a **key** that could unlock that door. Alternate translation: “you prevent people from knowing God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 52 xg48 translate-unknown τὴν κλεῖδα 1 the key A **key** is a small metal device that opens a lock that is used to keep things like a door, a box, or a drawer closed. If your readers would not know what a **key** is, you could use the name of a comparable device in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 11 52 fj7x figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε, καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε 1 you have not entered yourselves, and you have hindered those who are entering Jesus continues the metaphor by saying that these experts in the law have not gone into the building where they could learn God’s truth, and they have not given others the **key** that would allow them to unlock the door and go inside to learn. Alternate translation: “you do not know God’s truth yourselves, and you are preventing others from knowing it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 53 mld3 writing-endofstory κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ 1 After he went out from there In this verse and the next verse, Luke comments on what happened as a result of the episode he has just related. Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the Pharisee’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
LUK 11 54 mr32 figs-metaphor ἐνεδρεύοντες αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 lying in wait for him to trap something from his mouth Luke speaks of the scribes and Pharisees trying to find grounds to accuse Jesus as if they were hunters hiding behind cover in order to catch an animal. Luke then speaks of what Jesus was saying as if it were the animal that these hunters were trying to catch. Alternate translation: “listening carefully to Jesus to see if they could use something he said to accuse him of teaching the wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 11 54 l729 figs-metonymy τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 something from his mouth Luke describes what Jesus was saying by association with his **mouth**, by which he spoke these things. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 intro jun3 0 # Luke 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about trusting and honoring God (12:1–12)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who trusted in money (12:13–21)<br>3. Jesus teaches not to trust in money (12:22–34)<br>4. Jesus teaches about being ready for his return (12:35–59)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit”<br><br>Jesus says in 12:10 that anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This is a descriptive statement, not a prescriptive one. Jesus is not saying that if people happen to speak certain words, then God will refuse to forgive them, no matter how sorry they are afterwards. Rather, it is the Holy Spirit who brings conviction of sin and of the need to repent. “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” means attributing the influence of the Holy Spirit to evil powers, as the Pharisees did when they said in 11:15 that Jesus drove out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons. By definition, then, if a person thinks that the influence of the Holy Spirit is an evil influence, they will not respond to it, and so they will not experience conviction of sin, repent, and be forgiven. That is why people who “blaspheme against the Holy Spirit” will not be forgiven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. Jesus teaches about this in 12:34–40.<br><br>### Division<br><br>Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them. Jesus teaches about this in 12:49–53.
|
||
LUK 12 1 en8g writing-newevent ἐν οἷς 1 In those times Luke uses the word **When** to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to [11:54](../11/54.md). Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 12 1 c8yk grammar-connect-time-background ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 when myriads of the crowd were gathered together Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 12 1 l730 translate-unknown μυριάδων 1 myriads The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 1 l734 τοῦ ὄχλου 1 of the crowd In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
|
||
LUK 12 1 l735 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθεισῶν 1 were gathered together If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 1 ybz9 figs-hyperbole ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 so that they trampled on each other This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 12 1 x38n ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον 1 he began to say to his disciples first This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
|
||
LUK 12 1 f5b9 figs-metaphor προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις 1 Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 1 l736 translate-unknown ζύμης 1 yeast The word **yeast** refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 m1ti grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 But **But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 e5w4 figs-parallelism οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 l737 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 g46e figs-activepassive οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 l738 figs-ellipsis καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 and hidden that will not be known Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 l739 figs-doublenegatives καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 and hidden that will not be known Supplying **nothing** from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 12 2 l740 figs-activepassive καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 and hidden that will not be known If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 iv8i figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε 1 whatever you have said in the darkness Jesus uses the image of **darkness** to represent the idea of concealment. Alternate translation: “whatever you have said secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 l741 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται 1 will be heard in the light Jesus uses the image of **light** to represent the idea of no concealment. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 l742 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται 1 will be heard in the light If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 ix7b figs-idiom πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλαλήσατε 1 spoken in the ear Alternate translation: “whispered to another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 jwe6 figs-metaphor ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms Jesus uses the image of this location to represent the idea of privacy. Alternate translation: “privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 b93h figs-activepassive κηρυχθήσεται 1 will be proclaimed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 3 rmx8 translate-unknown ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 upon the housetops Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto **housetops** and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 4 m6t7 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου 1 But I say to you, my friends Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
|
||
LUK 12 4 l743 figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα 1 the body Jesus speaks about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 4 vc8j μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι 1 do not have anything more to do Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
|
||
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 Fear the one who … has authority The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 5 us3x μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 after having killed Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “who, after a person dies, has authority”
|
||
LUK 12 5 l744 translate-names Γέενναν 1 Gehenna **Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 12 5 ric8 figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Gehenna Jesus uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 l745 figs-activepassive οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο 1 Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 czr7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο? 1 Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria? Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 u697 translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows The word **sparrows** refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what **sparrows** are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 l746 translate-bmoney ἀσσαρίων δύο 1 two assaria The word **assaria** is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 mru1 figs-activepassive ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not one of them is forgotten before God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 l747 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not one of them is forgotten before God If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 12 6 l748 figs-metaphor ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not one of them is forgotten before God The expression **before God** means “in front of God,” that is, “where God can see.” Sight, in turn, represents attention. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 7 m833 figs-activepassive καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head have all been numbered If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 7 l749 figs-synecdoche καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head have all been numbered Jesus is using one small part of a person, the **hairs** on the **head**, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 12 7 l750 figs-you τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν 1 your head Although **head** is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, **your** is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 12 7 l751 πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 numbered The word **numbered** can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”
|
||
LUK 12 7 shk3 figs-explicit μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε 1 Do not fear, you are more valuable than many sparrows The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 8 xzh3 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I say to you Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
|
||
LUK 12 8 d1cs figs-explicit πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 everyone who confesses me before men If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone would **confess** or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 8 l752 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 before men Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” other people. Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 8 l753 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 12 8 m5ek figs-123person καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the Son of Man will also confess him Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 12 8 l754 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 8 l755 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 before the angels Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 9 fu3j figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the one who denies me before men If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone **having denied** might have said. Alternate translation: “but whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 9 l756 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 before men Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 9 l757 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 12 9 x27t figs-activepassive ἀπαρνηθήσεται 1 will be denied If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 9 l758 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 before the angels Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 10 rp5y figs-metonymy καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man Jesus uses **word** to describe something someone might say by using words. Alternate translation: “And everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 10 l759 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 12 10 l760 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 10 px39 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 10 p9g7 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 it will not be forgiven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 11 f2j9 figs-explicit ὅταν…εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 when they bring you The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 11 c1rk figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 to the synagogues Jesus is referring to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in **synagogues**. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 11 gm94 figs-doublet τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας 1 the rulers, and the authorities These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 12 12 l761 τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν 1 the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
|
||
LUK 12 12 gz6v figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 13 i2vi writing-participants εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ 1 Then someone from the crowd said to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 12 13 l762 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 12 13 d1dj figs-explicit μερίσασθαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to divide the inheritance with me In this culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker’s father had probably died. Alternate translation: “to divide the family property with me now that our father is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 14 i8sm ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Here Jesus is using the impersonal term **Man** to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples “friends” in [12:4](../12/04.md). He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
|
||
LUK 12 14 hmn6 figs-rquestion τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 14 l763 figs-doublet κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν 1 a judge or a mediator These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an arbitrator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 12 14 l764 figs-hendiadys κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν 1 a judge or a mediator Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term **mediator** may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a **judge**, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 12 14 l765 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς 1 you The term **you** refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 12 15 me49 figs-explicit εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said to them The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 15 l766 figs-metaphor ὁρᾶτε 1 See Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for caution. Alternate translation: “Watch out” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 15 ckn2 figs-abstractnouns πάσης πλεονεξίας 1 all covetousness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the urge to have more things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 12 15 l767 τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ…ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ 1 the abounding to him of his possessions Alternate translation: “the number of things he has”
|
||
LUK 12 16 d37q figs-parables εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 Then he spoke to them a parable Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand this teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 12 16 gc9i writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 to them The pronoun **them** refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 12 16 nkw9 εὐφόρησεν 1 yielded abundantly Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
|
||
LUK 12 17 w55n figs-quotesinquotes διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου 1 he reasoned with himself, saying, ‘What should I do, since I do not have anywhere to gather my crops’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere to store his crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 17 l768 figs-hyperbole ποῦ 1 anywhere This is a generalization for emphasis. As the man says in the next verse, he already does have some barns. He means that those barns do not have the capacity to store this new large harvest. Alternate translation: “anywhere large enough” or “enough room in my barns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 12 18 l769 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 he said, ‘I will do this: I will take down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will gather all of my grain and goods’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 18 d82f translate-unknown τὰς ἀποθήκας 1 barns The term **barns** describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with **barns**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 my goods Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
|
||
LUK 12 19 l770 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου 1 I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many goods lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry”’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “he told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche τῇ ψυχῇ μου 1 my soul The man addresses one part of himself, his **soul** or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 12 20 l771 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 But God said to him, ‘Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 20 l772 figs-nominaladj ἄφρων 1 Foolish one God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 12 20 l773 ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this night they are demanding your soul from you This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
|
||
LUK 12 20 l774 figs-idiom ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this night they are demanding your soul from you The term **soul** means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 20 xgr9 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 they are demanding your soul from you This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 12 20 vyn1 figs-rquestion ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 what you have prepared, whose will it be? God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 21 m47i ὁ θησαυρίζων 1 the one who stores up treasure Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
|
||
LUK 12 21 fst9 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν 1 is not rich toward God Jesus uses the term **rich** to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 22 ihk2 figs-explicit εἶπεν…πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 he said to his disciples Since Peter asks in [12:41](../12/41.md) whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in [12:1–12](../12/01.md), but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 22 vim6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason By **this** Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 22 cy4e λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε 1 I say to you, do not worry Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
|
||
LUK 12 22 u1cf τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε 1 about your body, what you will wear Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
|
||
LUK 12 23 l775 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 life is more than food, and the body than clothes Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 12 23 y4qa ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 life is more than food, and the body than clothes This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
|
||
LUK 12 24 zx97 translate-unknown τοὺς κόρακας 1 the ravens The word **ravens** refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual **ravens**. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 24 l776 figs-doublet οὐκ…ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη 1 neither storeroom nor barn These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 12 24 y4t1 translate-unknown οὐκ…ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη 1 neither storeroom nor barn These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 24 i238 figs-exclamations πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν! 1 How much more valuable you are than the birds! This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to emphasize the point he wants his listeners to realize. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You need to realize how much more valuable people are to God than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 12 25 lsx8 figs-rquestion τίς…ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν? 1 which of you by being anxious is able to add a cubit to his lifespan? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 25 n286 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν 1 add a cubit to his lifespan Jesus is speaking of the **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 25 l777 translate-unknown πῆχυν 1 a cubit A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 25 l778 figs-explicit πῆχυν 1 a cubit The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 26 hl4d figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε? 1 If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you could not do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 26 l779 figs-nominaladj ἐλάχιστον 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 12 26 l780 figs-explicit τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 27 h293 κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει 1 Consider the lilies—how they grow Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
|
||
LUK 12 27 s8d3 translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 the lilies The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 27 u3mf translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθει 1 neither do they spin In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 27 l781 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν 1 But I say to you, not even Solomon Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
|
||
LUK 12 27 nug5 figs-abstractnouns Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Solomon in all his glory The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 rur9 figs-metaphor εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 l783 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 l784 figs-explicit ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 l785 translate-unknown ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 t9am figs-activepassive ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 l786 figs-explicit ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 l787 figs-ellipsis πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς 1 how much more you Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 12 28 gr4m figs-exclamations πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς 1 how much more you This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 12 29 q67w ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τί πίητε 1 do not seek what you might eat and what you might drink The word **seek** has a specific meaning here. It does not mean to look for these things because they have been lost. Alternate translation: “do not concentrate on what you will eat and drink”
|
||
LUK 12 30 g8jy figs-explicit πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου 1 all the nations of the world The term **nations** means non-Jewish people groups. The term **all** is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 30 ns35 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὑμῶν…ὁ Πατὴρ 1 your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 12 31 gvj9 ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 seek his kingdom As in [12:29](../12/29.md), the word **seek** has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
|
||
LUK 12 31 jni1 figs-activepassive ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 these things will be added to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 31 l788 figs-explicit ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 these things will be added to you In context, the expression **these things** refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 32 eej3 figs-metaphor τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον 1 little flock Jesus speaks to his disciples as if they were a small group of sheep or goats. The image means that as a shepherd cares for his **flock**, God will care for the disciples. Alternate translation: “my dear disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 32 e3tv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 rlg7 translate-unknown πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 Sell your possessions and give alms This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as **alms**. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 dc7m figs-explicit ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς 1 Make for yourselves The implication is that this will be the result of selling one’s possessions and giving the proceeds to the poor. Alternate translation: “In this way you will make for yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 l789 figs-parallelism βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 purses that will not wear out—unfailing treasure in the heavens These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 xb63 translate-unknown βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα 1 purses that will not wear out If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what **purses** are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 am8q figs-metonymy βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα 1 purses that will not wear out Jesus is describing valuable things that will last by reference to **purses** or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of **unfailing treasure** right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 h6qw θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον 1 unfailing treasure You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
|
||
LUK 12 33 t1fb figs-metonymy ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει 1 where thief does not come near Jesus speaks of a thief coming **near** to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 e2nj figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει 1 nor moth destroy Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 12 33 u258 translate-unknown σὴς 1 moth A **moth** is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a **moth** is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 34 ad29 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 where your treasure is, there your heart will be also Jesus speaks of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 34 l790 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν 1 where your treasure is Jesus uses the word **treasure** to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 34 r26g figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 your heart will be also Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 34 l791 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 c4j1 figs-parables ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your loins be girded To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 nk2x translate-unknown ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 let your loins be girded People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 l792 figs-activepassive ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 let your loins be girded If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 l793 figs-explicit ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 let your loins be girded The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this in order to be ready to do any physical activity that was needed as soon as the master returned. Alternate translation: “Be dressed and ready to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 l794 figs-you ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 let your loins be girded Jesus is speaking of what an individual should do, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 lh96 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι 1 and the lamps kept burning If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 35 l795 figs-explicit καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι 1 and the lamps kept burning The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 36 l796 figs-simile ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις 1 you be like men waiting This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 12 36 mhg8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις 1 you be like men waiting The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 36 l797 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 12 36 l798 πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων 1 when he returns from the wedding Alternate translation: “to come home after a wedding celebration”
|
||
LUK 12 36 l799 translate-unknown κρούσαντος 1 knocks See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 36 l800 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ 1 they may immediately open for him The phrase **open for him** refers to the door of the master’s house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him. Alternate translation: “they can open the door for him right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 37 qk47 μακάριοι 1 blessed are Alternate translation: “How good it will be for”
|
||
LUK 12 37 xiv7 οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας 1 whom the master will find watching when he comes Alternate translation: “whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns” or “who are ready when the master returns”
|
||
LUK 12 37 l801 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 12 37 s3yd figs-explicit παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς 1 he will come and serve them The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 38 l802 κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ 1 Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
|
||
LUK 12 38 x25s translate-unknown ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ 1 in the second … watch The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 PM until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 38 qa35 translate-unknown κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ 1 or even in the third watch The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 AM. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 38 l803 καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι 1 and finds them thus, blessed are those Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
|
||
LUK 12 39 l804 τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε 1 But understand this Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
|
||
LUK 12 39 l805 figs-parables τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης 1 if the owner of the house had known To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 12 39 l806 figs-hypo τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται 1 if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 39 v73u figs-idiom ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ 1 at which hour Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 39 ej9m figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 39 ej9q figs-hypo οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 40 p1y9 figs-idiom ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε 1 in that hour you do not expect Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 40 dw4h figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 the Son of Man is coming Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 12 40 l807 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 the Son of Man is coming See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 41 i9d2 writing-participants εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter said Luke says this to reintroduce **Peter** as a participant in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could remind them who Peter was. Alternate translation: “Then Peter, one of his disciples, asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 12 41 l808 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us By **us**, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So **us** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 12 41 l809 figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 everyone Peter is generalizing to mean “everyone who can hear you.” Alternate translation: “everyone here” or “the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 12 42 l810 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 12 42 g8lu figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος 1 Who then is the faithful, wise manager Jesus uses a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 42 dxd2 figs-parables τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος 1 Who then is the faithful, wise manager In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 12 42 mnn1 figs-metonymy ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ 1 will appoint over his care Jesus refers to the other servants as the master’s **care** by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 42 l811 figs-explicit ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ 1 will appoint over his care The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 43 g6xl μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος 1 Blessed is that servant Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
|
||
LUK 12 43 h35t ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως 1 whom his master will find doing so when he comes Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
|
||
LUK 12 44 i2cq ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 12 44 y47s ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν 1 he will appoint him over all his possessions Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
|
||
LUK 12 45 cu5k figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 But if that servant says in his heart, ‘My master delays to return’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 45 l812 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται 1 But if that servant says in his heart … and begins The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 45 aku7 figs-metaphor εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 45 l813 χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 My master delays to return Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
|
||
LUK 12 45 juc5 figs-merism τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας 1 the male servants and the female servants Jesus is using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 12 46 l814 figs-hypo ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου 1 the master of that servant will arrive If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 46 j1m1 figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in a day that he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 46 l815 figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ 1 in a day that he does not expect Here, Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 46 l816 figs-idiom ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in an hour that he does not know Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-metaphor διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 will cut him in two The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 46 l817 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 will … appoint his place with the unfaithful The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
|
||
LUK 12 46 l818 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the unfaithful Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 12 47 p1l2 figs-hypo ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς 1 Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 47 aj41 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 the will of his master Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
|
||
LUK 12 47 im3v figs-activepassive δαρήσεται πολλάς 1 will be beaten much If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 48 l819 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας 1 But the one who did not know, and did things worthy of blows will be beaten little Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 48 nn9c figs-activepassive δαρήσεται ὀλίγας 1 will be beaten little If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 48 qg96 figs-parallelism παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him, and to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 48 ehu9 figs-activepassive παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 48 ir7m figs-activepassive ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one to whom he has given much property to care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 49 qy62 figs-metaphor πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 I came to throw fire upon the earth Jesus is speaking of the effects of his ministry and teaching. In context, since he says contrastingly in [12:51](../12/51.md) that he did not come to bring peace to the earth, **fire** likely represents the passionate responses to him, both favorable and unfavorable, that would lead to the divisions he describes in [12:52–53](../12/52.md). Alternate translation: “My coming will lead to conflict among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 49 l820 figs-metonymy τὴν γῆν 1 the earth Jesus says **the earth** to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 49 ygv3 figs-exclamations τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη 1 how I wish that it were already kindled This exclamation emphasizes how much Jesus wants this to happen. Alternate translation: “I wish very much that this fire were already lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 12 49 ygx3 figs-metaphor τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη 1 how I wish that it were already kindled This exclamation continues the metaphor of **fire** as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 49 l821 figs-activepassive ἤδη ἀνήφθη 1 it were already kindled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 50 k4e8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Jesus uses the word **But** to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 12 50 hn1j figs-metaphor βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι 1 I have a baptism to be baptized with Jesus speaks of **baptism** to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 50 l822 figs-activepassive βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι 1 I have a baptism to be baptized with If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 50 r2yj figs-exclamations πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 how I am distressed until it is completed This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 12 50 l823 figs-activepassive πῶς συνέχομαι 1 how I am distressed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 50 l824 figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 until it is completed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 51 s32r figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ? 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth? Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 51 l825 figs-metonymy δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth Jesus says **the earth** to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 51 l826 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 to give peace on the earth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 12 51 l827 figs-ellipsis οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No … but rather division Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 12 51 np4v figs-abstractnouns οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No … but rather division If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 12 51 l828 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
|
||
LUK 12 52 vrt5 figs-metonymy πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ 1 five in one house Jesus uses the term **house** to refer to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 12 52 l829 figs-activepassive διαμεμερισμένοι 1 divided If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 52 fln4 figs-ellipsis τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν 1 three against two, and two against three Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 12 52 l830 figs-parallelism τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν 1 three against two, and two against three These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 53 qr7s figs-activepassive διαμερισθήσονται 1 They will be divided If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 53 l831 figs-parallelism πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί 1 father against son, and son against father These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 53 l832 figs-parallelism μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 mother against her daughter, and daughter against her mother These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 53 l833 figs-parallelism πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν 1 mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law, and daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 12 54 i84z figs-explicit νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν 1 a cloud rising in the west A **cloud rising** in the west would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the **west**. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 54 d3gk figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται 1 you say, ‘A shower is coming’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 54 l834 καὶ γίνεται οὕτως 1 and it happens thus Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
|
||
LUK 12 55 gq22 figs-explicit νότον πνέοντα 1 a south wind is blowing Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the **south**. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 55 l835 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται 1 you say, ‘There will be scorching heat’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 12 55 l836 καὶ γίνεται 1 and it happens Alternate translation: “and it does get hot”
|
||
LUK 12 56 l837 figs-explicit ὑποκριταί! 1 Hypocrites! The implication, which Jesus draws out in the rest of this verse, is that people who could understand the weather from signs such as wind and clouds also ought to be able to understand what God was doing through Jesus from the signs surrounding his ministry. So if they did not welcome him, it was not because they did not see or understand these signs. Rather, it was because they were pretending not to see or understand them. Alternate translation: “You are pretending not to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 12 56 jdj7 figs-metaphor τὸ πρόσωπον 1 the face Jesus uses the term **face** to mean “appearance.” Alternate translation: “the appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 12 56 y3yj figs-rquestion τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς οὐκ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν? 1 but how do you not know how to interpret this time? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “so you ought to be able to understand what is happening right now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 57 w8rz figs-rquestion τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον? 1 And why do you not even judge for yourselves what is right? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 y75j figs-hypo ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 l838 figs-parables ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 f1ea figs-youcrowd ὑπάγεις…σου…σε 1 you are going … your … you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 t4v8 translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου 1 your adversary In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 e7hz translate-unknown ἄρχοντα 1 the magistrate A **magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 b7sh figs-activepassive ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be released from him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 l839 translate-unknown τὸν κριτήν 1 the judge The term **the judge** refers to the same person as the **magistrate**, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 58 l840 translate-unknown τῷ πράκτορι 1 the officer In the context of the story, the term **the officer** refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 12 59 wi7m figs-hypo λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this expression as an introduction to the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “If that happens, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 12 59 l841 figs-youcrowd λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 12 59 i124 translate-bmoney καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν 1 the very last lepton A **lepton** was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 13 intro xaa2 0 # Luke 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)<br>2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown events<br><br>The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
|
||
LUK 13 1 t1fi grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 13 1 l842 writing-participants παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ 1 some were present at that time who were reporting to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “there were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 13 1 wg2k figs-explicit παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ 1 at that time This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds, some of them were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 1 l843 figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 1 fj2c figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke uses the term **blood** to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 13 1 l844 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 13 2 l846 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 13 2 zfa8 figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι οὗτοι, ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν? 1 Do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 2 l847 ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους 1 more sinful than all the Galileans Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
|
||
LUK 13 2 l848 ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν 1 they suffered this Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
|
||
LUK 13 3 xl6m οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 No, I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
|
||
LUK 13 3 a3ez figs-explicit πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε 1 you will all perish in the same way This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in [19:41–44](../19/41.md), in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could express that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 4 hj5w ἢ ἐκεῖνοι 1 Or those Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
|
||
LUK 13 4 e2s8 figs-nominaladj ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ 1 those 18 Jesus is using the adjective **18** (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 13 4 p6r8 translate-names Σιλωὰμ 1 Siloam **Siloam** is the name of an area in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 13 4 vg9j figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι αὐτοὶ ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰερουσαλήμ? 1 do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that they were worse debtors than all the men residing in Jerusalem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 4 at9i figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται 1 debtors This is a figurative way of describing someone as a sinner. Alternate translation: “sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 4 l849 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπους 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 13 5 m77t οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 No, I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
|
||
LUK 13 5 ckc2 figs-explicit πάντες ὡσαύτως ἀπολεῖσθε 1 you will all likewise perish See how you translated the similar statement in [13:3](../13/03.md). In this case, the people whom Jesus is using as an example were not destroyed by the Romans, so the comparison does not include that detail. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 6 sm1p figs-parables ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν 1 Then he spoke this parable Jesus now gives a brief illustration to help the crowd understand what he has been saying. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 13 6 l850 writing-participants συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ 1 Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who owned a vineyard in which a fig tree had been planted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 13 6 x42j figs-activepassive συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην 1 had a fig tree planted If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Someone had planted a fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 6 l851 translate-unknown συκῆν 1 a fig tree A **fig tree** is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 6 l852 writing-background ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 13 6 l853 figs-go ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 he came seeking fruit on it Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
LUK 13 7 l854 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 he said to the gardener, ‘Behold, for three years I came seeking fruit on this fig tree and did not find any. Cut it down. Why is it even idling the ground?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 7 l855 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The man uses the term **behold** to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 7 hg35 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 Why is it even idling the ground? The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 7 l856 figs-metaphor καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 idling the ground The man speaks of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it even keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 8 pm3j ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 But answering he says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
|
||
LUK 13 8 l857 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει 1 answering he says Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος 1 leave it this year also Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
|
||
LUK 13 8 st4w translate-unknown βάλω κόπρια 1 put on manure The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 9 w5qh figs-ellipsis κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον 1 If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 13 9 j4ul figs-declarative ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν 1 you will cut it down The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 13 10 p3el grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 13 10 c3j8 ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 on the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||
LUK 13 11 l858 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 11 wn7u writing-participants γυνὴ 1 a woman Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 13 11 hqj5 πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας 1 having a spirit of weakness Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
|
||
LUK 13 11 l859 figs-nominaladj εἰς τὸ παντελές 1 to the complete Luke is using the adjective **complete** as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 13 12 l860 figs-idiom γύναι 1 Woman Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **Woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 12 h6ne figs-declarative ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 13 12 l29y figs-activepassive γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 13 k3k1 figs-activepassive ἀνωρθώθη 1 she was straightened up If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 13 14 l861 ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι 1 There are six days in which it is necessary to work Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
|
||
LUK 13 14 ai1f figs-activepassive ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε 1 come and be healed on them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 14 qap4 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 the day of the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||
LUK 13 15 l862 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 13 15 k7p8 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίθη…αὐτῷ…καὶ εἶπεν 1 answered him and said Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 13 15 u6zr figs-explicit ὑποκριταί 1 Hypocrites Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 15 xt5y figs-rquestion ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει? 1 Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties his ox or donkey from the stall and leads it away to drink.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 15 ha7b translate-unknown τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον 1 his ox or donkey These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an **ox** or a **donkey** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 15 kbj4 τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
|
||
LUK 13 16 br72 figs-metaphor θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ 1 a daughter of Abraham Jesus is using the word **daughter** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 16 euq2 figs-metaphor ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 whom Satan bound Jesus speaks of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 16 l863 figs-metonymy ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan Jesus calls the evil spirit **Satan** by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 13 16 mh31 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 behold, for 18 years Jesus uses the term **behold** to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 16 g5b7 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου? 1 ought she not to have been released Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her from this bond on the day of the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 16 l864 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου 1 from this bond Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 16 l865 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 on the day of the Sabbath Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||
LUK 13 17 l866 figs-activepassive κατῃσχύνοντο 1 were put to shame If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 17 r1jn figs-activepassive τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the glorious things that were being done by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 18 wdq9 figs-parallelism τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν 1 What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 13 18 ua3y figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν? 1 What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it? Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 18 l867 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 What is the kingdom of God like See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 13 19 g4hr figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 13 19 l868 figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 19 l869 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 13 19 wv4q figs-explicit ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ 1 took and threw into his garden In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “and planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 19 avk2 figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ 1 the birds of the sky nested in its branches In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 13 20 hn4n figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 To what will I compare the kingdom of God? Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 13 20 l870 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 To what will I compare the kingdom of God? See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 13 21 ub44 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ 1 It is like yeast This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 13 21 l871 figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ 1 It is like yeast This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 13 21 l872 translate-unknown ζύμῃ 1 yeast See how you translated **yeast** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 21 wms4 figs-explicit ζύμῃ 1 yeast Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of **yeast** is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 21 wz5u translate-unknown ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three seahs of flour The term **seahs** is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 21 l873 figs-activepassive ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 it was all leavened If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 22 bh87 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας 1 And he was traveling through cities and villages Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 13 23 l874 writing-participants εἶπεν…τις αὐτῷ 1 someone said to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 13 23 l875 figs-idiom εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι? 1 if the ones who are being saved are few? This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 23 yf6h figs-activepassive εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι? 1 if the ones who are being saved are few? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 23 l876 figs-explicit ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said to them The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 24 i39q figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας 1 Struggle to enter through the narrow door Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “Work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 24 l877 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
|
||
LUK 13 24 l878 figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 13 24 x137 figs-explicit πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν 1 many … will seek to enter, but will not be able The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 b35z figs-exmetaphor ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν 1 After the master of the house gets up and closes the door Jesus extends the metaphor of the **door** by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 gk3c figs-you ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς 1 you will begin … you … you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 l879 figs-quotesinquotes κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 jqh7 translate-unknown κρούειν τὴν θύραν 1 knock on the door See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 l880 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 l881 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ 1 will answer and say Together the two words **answer** and **say** mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “he will respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 l882 figs-quotesinquotes ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 he will answer and say to you, ‘I do not know you, where you are from’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 l883 figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know you, where you are from The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 13 25 l884 figs-parallelism οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know you, where you are from The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 13 26 l885 figs-quotesinquotes ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας 1 you will begin to say, ‘We ate and drank in your sight, and you taught in our streets’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 26 l886 figs-metaphor ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 we ate and drank before you Here, **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “You were with us when we ate and drank” or “We ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 26 l887 figs-merism ἐφάγομεν…καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 ate and drank The people are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 13 26 l888 figs-you σου 1 you Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun **you** would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, **you taught**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 13 26 l889 figs-exclusive ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν 1 in our streets Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and **our** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 13 27 l890 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 he will speak, saying to you, ‘I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 27 l891 figs-explicitinfo ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν 1 he will speak, saying to you In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 13 27 l892 figs-you ὑμῖν…πάντες 1 you … all you Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 13 27 l893 figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know where you are from This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 27 n39n ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Get away from me Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
|
||
LUK 13 27 l894 ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 workers of unrighteousness Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
|
||
LUK 13 28 uhh8 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 wailing and the grinding of teeth These are actions that indicate deep regret and sadness. If people in your culture would not express themselves in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “actions that express great mourning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 13 28 l895 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ 1 Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob These are the names of three men. See how you translated them in [3:34](../03/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 13 28 crf9 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 13 28 ep1b figs-activepassive ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω 1 but you are thrown out If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 29 wcg6 figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ νότου 1 from east and west, and from north and south Jesus speaks of all directions in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 13 29 sbv1 figs-metaphor ἀνακλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will recline to eat in the kingdom of God Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 29 l896 translate-unknown ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 will recline to eat If you decide to translate this phrase literally, see how you did that in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “will take their places at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 29 l897 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 13 30 l898 figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 30 lk75 figs-metaphor εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι 1 there are last ones who will be first Being **last** represents having few privileges, being **first** represents having many privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged now will come to have great privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 30 l899 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι 1 last ones Jesus is using the adjective **last** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 13 30 l900 figs-metaphor εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι 1 there are first ones who will be last Being **first** represents having many privileges, and being **last** represents having few privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged now will lose those privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 30 l901 figs-nominaladj πρῶτοι 1 first ones Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 13 31 pe5i figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 At that hour Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 31 l902 writing-newevent ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 At that hour Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 13 31 l903 writing-participants προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ 1 certain Pharisees approached, saying to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 13 31 r41z figs-doublet ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν 1 Leave and go away from here These two expressions mean the same thing. The Pharisees are using repetition to emphasize how urgent they believe it is for Jesus to flee for his life. Alternate translation: “You need to get away from here right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 13 31 l7fe figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Herod wants to kill you Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l904 figs-quotesinquotes πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ 1 Go and tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am driving out demons and perform healings’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l905 translate-unknown τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 af7k figs-metaphor τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox Jesus is referring to Herod as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l906 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l907 figs-idiom ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l908 figs-synecdoche ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l909 figs-explicit ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l910 figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 32 l911 figs-activepassive τελειοῦμαι 1 I will be finished If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 33 p9za πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι 1 Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
|
||
LUK 13 33 l912 figs-idiom σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ 1 today, and tomorrow, and the following day This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 33 nbk7 figs-irony οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 cac7 figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem, Jerusalem Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (see later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 l913 figs-parallelism ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “you who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 l914 figs-personification ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 gb6w figs-metonymy ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 l915 figs-123person ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 zhg8 figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 those who are sent to her If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 rj48 figs-exclamations ποσάκις ἠθέλησα 1 How often have I desired This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 q1i3 figs-metaphor ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου 1 to gather your children Jesus is describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the **children** of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 q4nf figs-ellipsis ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 the way a hen her own brood under her wings Jesus is leaving out the word **gathers** that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 l916 figs-you σου 1 your Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is addressing the city, so **your** would be singular. The pronoun **you** would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you were not willing,” and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 kb9t figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 l917 translate-unknown τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν 1 her brood The term **brood** refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 13 34 l918 figs-explicit ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 under her wings The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l919 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l920 figs-pastforfuture ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 w1v2 figs-metaphor ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you Jesus speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l921 figs-activepassive ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l922 figs-explicit ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l923 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 your … you … you Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l924 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 13 35 x4y6 οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
|
||
LUK 13 35 l925 figs-idiom ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 until it comes when you say The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 l926 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 when you say, ‘Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 13 35 v6lj figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord God’s **name** represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1–24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25–35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15–24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
|
||
LUK 14 1 dj2d writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 14 1 a3ya grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 14 1 l89x writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 he The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 14 1 lh8g figs-synecdoche φαγεῖν ἄρτον 1 to eat bread Luke refers to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 14 1 jst8 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν 1 and they were watching him closely The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 2 l927 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 2 f5gh writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 14 2 l4a1 translate-unknown ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς 1 who was edematous This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 2 l929 writing-background ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς 1 who was edematous Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 14 2 l930 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 3 l931 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 answering Jesus spoke The term **answering** indicates that Jesus **spoke** in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 3 l932 translate-unknown τοὺς νομικοὺς 1 the lawyers See how you translated **lawyers** in [7:45](../07/45.md). In this context, the term **lawyers** refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 3 qak4 figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not? Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 14 4 pj9t οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν 1 But they kept silent Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
|
||
LUK 14 4 l933 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 14 4 x4lq writing-pronouns ἐπιλαβόμενος 1 taking hold of him Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 14 5 l934 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 14 5 rr5z figs-rquestion τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 14 6 cti5 καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα 1 And they were not able to give an answer to these things Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
|
||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων 1 he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 14 7 u86b figs-parables ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν 1 he was speaking a parable In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 14 7 em4u figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who were invited If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 7 yd4g figs-metaphor τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first places The term **first** represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 l936 figs-hypo ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς 1 When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 pd7w figs-activepassive ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος 1 When you are invited by someone If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 l937 translate-unknown μὴ κατακλιθῇς 1 do not recline to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 l938 figs-metaphor τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν 1 the first place See how you translated this phrase in [14:7](../14/07.md). Alternate translation: “in a seat for an honored guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 t1r5 figs-activepassive ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 a more honorable than you may have been invited by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 l939 figs-nominaladj ἐντιμότερός 1 a more honorable Jesus is using the comparative adjective **more honorable** as a noun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 14 8 m5b9 figs-youcrowd σου 1 you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in [14:8–10](../14/08.md). But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 14 9 l940 translate-unknown ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας 1 when the one who invited you and him arrives In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 9 ecp7 figs-idiom ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν 1 you will begin with shame to take the last place Jesus uses the term **begin** to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 9 gqa6 figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The term **last** represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 9 l941 figs-explicit τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 x5qh figs-activepassive ὅταν κληθῇς 1 when you are invited If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 l942 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this phrase in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 by81 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 in the last place See how you translated this phrase in [14:9](../14/09.md). Alternate translation: “among the least important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 l943 translate-unknown ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε 1 when the one who has invited you comes In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 ck9k figs-metaphor προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον 1 come up higher The host speaks of the more important places at the feast being **higher** than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 h5ee figs-idiom ἔσται σοι δόξα 1 there will be honor to you This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 10 l944 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον 1 before all those reclining to eat with you Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 11 i5e7 ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν 1 who exalts himself Alternate translation: “the one who tries to look important” or “everyone who takes an important position”
|
||
LUK 14 11 zrs1 figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 11 dk2c ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν 1 the one who humbles himself Alternate translation: “the one who chooses to look unimportant” or “everyone who takes an unimportant position”
|
||
LUK 14 11 eki7 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 12 p9hc τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν 1 the one who had invited him Alternate translation: “to the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
|
||
LUK 14 12 v4uk figs-you ὅταν ποιῇς 1 when you make Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12–14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 14 12 gmh6 figs-hyperbole μὴ φώνει 1 do not invite Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 14 12 l945 figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου 1 your brothers … your relatives The term **brothers** probably refers to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 12 l946 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers If **brothers** is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 14 12 l947 μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 lest they also invite you in return Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
|
||
LUK 14 12 l948 γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 and repayment happen to you Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “they would repay you”
|
||
LUK 14 13 uc5f κάλει 1 invite It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
|
||
LUK 14 13 abcf figs-nominaladj πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς 1 the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 14 14 vpt9 figs-activepassive μακάριος ἔσῃ 1 you will be blessed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 14 r6cp figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι 1 they do not have to repay you This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 14 14 z4tv figs-activepassive ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι 1 it will be repaid to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 14 rd75 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων 1 in the resurrection of the righteous Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
|
||
LUK 14 15 cm12 grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 14 15 h4wu writing-participants τις τῶν συνανακειμένων 1 one of those who reclined to eat Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 14 15 l949 translate-unknown τις τῶν συνανακειμένων 1 one of those who reclined to eat See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 15 a8pf figs-synecdoche ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God This man is using the word **bread** to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 14 15 gu4r figs-metaphor ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God This man is using the image of a feast to depict the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “anyone who will rejoice with others in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 15 l950 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 14 16 m4y2 figs-parables ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα 1 But he said to him, “A certain man made a large supper” To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 14 16 m7bc writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 14 16 yrp5 figs-explicit ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς 1 made a large supper and invited many The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “told his servants to prepare a large banquet and to invite many guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 17 us3d figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου 1 at the hour of the supper Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 17 xkp8 figs-activepassive τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 the ones who were invited If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 17 l951 figs-quotesinquotes ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν 1 ‘Come, because it is now ready’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 eh3h grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 l952 figs-ellipsis ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες 1 all from one Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 s9as παραιτεῖσθαι 1 to excuse themselves Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
|
||
LUK 14 18 l3r6 figs-explicit ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 The first said to him While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 l953 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 l954 figs-quotesinquotes ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 ‘I have bought a field, and I have need to go out to see it. I ask you, have me excused’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 l955 figs-idiom ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 I ask you, have me excused In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 18 l956 figs-activepassive ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 have me excused If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 19 d9p2 figs-explicit ἕτερος εἶπεν 1 another said See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 19 l957 figs-quotesinquotes ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 ‘I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to have me excused’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 19 cd9b translate-unknown ζεύγη βοῶν…πέντε 1 five pairs of oxen **Oxen** are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 19 l958 figs-idiom ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 I ask you to have me excused See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 19 l959 figs-activepassive ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 have me excused If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 20 lf9h figs-explicit ἕτερος εἶπεν 1 another said See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 20 l960 figs-quotesinquotes γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν 1 ‘I have married a wife, and because of this I am not able to come’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just gotten married and so he could not come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 20 gy6v figs-explicitinfo γυναῖκα ἔγημα 1 I have married a wife In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Use the expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have just gotten married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 14 20 l961 οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν 1 I cannot come This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
|
||
LUK 14 21 v7v7 figs-explicit ὀργισθεὶς 1 becoming angry The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 21 s88p εἰσάγαγε ὧδε 1 bring in here Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
|
||
LUK 14 21 l962 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς 1 the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 14 22 y4rb figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος 1 And the servant said The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 22 l963 figs-quotesinquotes Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν 1 ‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 22 dgt3 γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας 1 what you commanded has happened Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
|
||
LUK 14 23 l964 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 23 n9x7 figs-metonymy φραγμοὺς 1 hedges The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) since the term is paired with **roads**, it may mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 14 23 w5w6 figs-activepassive ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 so that my house may be filled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 i5lt figs-declarative λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 v5m6 figs-you λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper While the word **you** is singular in [14:21–23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 ooz4 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 14 24 l965 figs-quotesinquotes λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 liz5 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων 1 those men Here, the word for **men** means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 n867 figs-activepassive τῶν κεκλημένων 1 who were invited If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 hl7q figs-metonymy γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 will taste of my supper The master may be using the word **taste** to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 l984 figs-hyperbole γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 will taste of my supper Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 14 24 l966 μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 my supper By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
|
||
LUK 14 25 l967 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 14 25 gv94 writing-newevent συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 large crowds were journeying with him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 14 26 l968 figs-idiom εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με, 1 If anyone comes to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone who … loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 14 26 l985 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 14 26 rmt8 figs-hyperbole οὐ μισεῖ 1 does not hate Jesus is using the word **hate** as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 14 27 pm44 figs-doublenegatives ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 14 27 l970 figs-explicit οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 does not carry his cross Jesus assumes that the crowds will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus assumes that the crowds will also know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. Alternate translation: “does not carry the wooden cross on which he will be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 27 jn5u figs-metaphor οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 does not carry his cross Jesus uses the phrase **carry his cross**, referring to this practice of execution, to say that his disciples must be people who have given up their lives to God and who are willing to suffer. Alternate translation: “does not surrender his life to God and be willing to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 14 27 l971 figs-idiom ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου 1 come after me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “follow my example” or “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 14 28 q3cx figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? 1 For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost—whether he has for completion? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 14 28 l972 figs-hypo τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? 1 For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost—whether he has for completion? Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 14 28 eyx4 translate-unknown πύργον 1 a tower This may mean a watchtower. In one of his parables, recorded in [Matthew 21:33](../mat/21/33.md), Jesus uses this same word to describe a watchtower that a man built for a vineyard he was planting. Alternate translation: “a high lookout platform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 28 l973 figs-ellipsis εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν 1 whether he has for completion Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “whether he has enough money to complete the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 14 29 qj4i figs-explicit ἵνα μήποτε 1 Otherwise If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 29 axc7 translate-unknown θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον 1 when he has laid a foundation See how you translated the word **foundation** in [6:48](../06/48.md). Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 29 ym3a figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι 1 and is not able to finish The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 29 l974 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες 1 all who see it This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 14 30 l975 figs-gendernotations οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man Since Jesus addresses his question in [14:28](../14/28.md) to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “This person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 14 30 l976 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The word **and** introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 14 31 vp3u figs-rquestion ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν? 1 Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 14 31 l977 figs-hypo ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται 1 Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine figs-hypo Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 14 31 tl37 βουλεύσεται 1 determine This could mean: (1) he would think carefully about it. (2) he would consult with his advisors to decide.
|
||
LUK 14 32 dpc5 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 But if not If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 14 32 l978 ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 while he is still far away, sending a delegation, he asks the things for peace Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
|
||
LUK 14 32 p5h6 τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things for peace Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
|
||
LUK 14 33 is32 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 14 33 f2he ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν 1 who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
|
||
LUK 14 34 tz7c figs-parables καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας 1 Salt then is good To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…καὶ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt … is made tasteless If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something indeed causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 34 l980 figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται 1 with what will it be seasoned If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 14 34 cz52 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται? 1 with what will it be seasoned? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 14 35 bp1b translate-unknown εἰς κοπρίαν 1 for the manure pile See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 14 35 n5a9 writing-pronouns ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό 1 They throw it outside **They** does not refer to any individuals in particular. This is an indefinite usage. Alternate translation: “People throw it outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 14 35 u9h3 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 14 35 c5fb figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 14 35 l981 figs-you ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 15 intro p1ba 0 # Luke 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the prodigal son<br><br>The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11–32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>### Sinners<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4–7, 15:8–10, and 15:11–32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 15 1 yj6b grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 15 1 l982 writing-participants ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 15 1 ss52 figs-hyperbole ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him The word **all** is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 15 2 l986 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 2 l987 writing-participants διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 both the Pharisees and the scribes were grumbling Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as [5:17–30](../05/17.md), the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 15 2 dd9b οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται 1 This one receives sinners Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
|
||
LUK 15 2 ec2r figs-explicit οὗτος 1 This one This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 3 l988 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 3 ill7 figs-parables εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 he spoke this parable to them Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then would you not certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 15 5 l992 figs-123person καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων 1 And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 15 5 xwa5 figs-explicit ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ 1 he lays it on his shoulders This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 6 g3f3 figs-123person καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας 1 And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 15 6 l993 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 saying to them, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found my lost sheep’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 7 l994 λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι 1 I say to you that Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
|
||
LUK 15 7 k1l2 figs-explicit οὕτως 1 in the same way If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 7 k8k6 figs-metonymy χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται 1 there will be joy in heaven Jesus is using the word **heaven** to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 15 7 abcg figs-nominaladj δικαίοις 1 righteous Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 15 8 ly5c figs-rquestion τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? 1 what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp, and sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 15 8 qr36 figs-hypo τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? 1 what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found it? Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 15 8 l995 translate-bmoney δραχμὰς 1 drachmas A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 15 8 l996 figs-synecdoche σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν 1 sweep the house Jesus speaks of the whole **house** to refer to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 15 9 l997 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα 1 saying, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found the drachma that I lost’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 10 wrs9 figs-explicit οὕτως 1 In the same way If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 10 l998 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “indeed”
|
||
LUK 15 10 m8zl figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before the angels of God The term **before** means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 11 ib6s figs-parables εἶπεν δέ 1 Then he said To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 15 11 c2t6 writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς 1 A certain man had two sons Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 15 12 l999 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας 1 said to his father, ‘Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 12 y6uq figs-imperative δός μοι 1 give me The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 15 12 m000 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας 1 the portion of the wealth that falls to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 12 m001 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 12 r2q7 διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον 1 he distributed his livelihood to them Alternate translation: “he divided his wealth between his two sons”
|
||
LUK 15 13 m002 figs-litotes οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας 1 not many days This is a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “only a few days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 13 lu69 συναγαγὼν πάντα 1 gathered everything together Alternate translation: “having packed all of his things”
|
||
LUK 15 13 ew56 ἀσώτως 1 recklessly Alternate translation: “without thinking about the consequences of his actions”
|
||
LUK 15 14 z99l grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And**to introduce background information that will help his listeners understand what happens next in the parable. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 15 14 kpb8 ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 a severe famine happened throughout that country Alternate translation: “something happened so that the entire country did not have enough food”
|
||
LUK 15 14 y8mf ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 to be in need Alternate translation: “to lack what he needed” or “not to have enough to live on”
|
||
LUK 15 15 cdn2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 15 y3bf figs-idiom πορευθεὶς, ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ 1 he went and attached himself to one This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he began to work for one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 15 k19m ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης 1 one of the citizens of that country Alternate translation: “to someone who lived in that country”
|
||
LUK 15 15 rxt4 βόσκειν χοίρους 1 to feed pigs Alternate translation: “to feed the pigs that the man owned”
|
||
LUK 15 16 m8zd figs-activepassive ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι 1 he was longing to be satisfied If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 15 16 pd3c translate-unknown κερατίων 1 carob pods These are the husks of the beans that grow on the **carob** tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 15 16 m003 καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ 1 and no one gave to him This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
|
||
LUK 15 17 x4jc figs-idiom εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν 1 coming to himself This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 17 m004 figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 17 xw1a figs-exclamations πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 15 17 m005 figs-synecdoche ἄρτων 1 bread The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 15 17 tal2 figs-hyperbole λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι 1 I am perishing from hunger This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 15 18 m006 figs-quotesinquotes ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου 1 I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 18 m007 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 get up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 18 m4pj figs-euphemism τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 15 18 m008 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν 1 before The term **before** means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 19 m009 figs-quotesinquotes οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son; make me as one of your hired servants If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 19 aug2 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 15 19 m010 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 19 up55 figs-imperative ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 make me as one of your hired servants This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 15 20 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 20 m011 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 he got up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “leaving that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 20 za3c ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος 1 while he was still far away This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
|
||
LUK 15 20 a7ls figs-activepassive ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 was moved with compassion If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 15 20 z7p3 translate-symaction ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 fell upon his neck, and kissed him The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 15 20 m012 figs-idiom ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 fell upon his neck This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 21 m013 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 Then the son said to him, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven and in your sight. I am no longer worthy to be called your son’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 21 xz93 figs-euphemism τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 15 21 m014 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν 1 before The term **before** means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 21 qxg5 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 15 21 m015 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 15 22 m016 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας 1 But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring … clothe … put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 15 22 nlx9 translate-symaction στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα 1 the first robe … a ring … sandals By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 15 22 b3hv figs-metaphor στολὴν τὴν πρώτην 1 the first robe As in [14:7](../14/07.md), here the word **first** means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 22 m018 figs-synecdoche δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ 1 put a ring on his hand The father says **hand** to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 15 22 xat6 translate-unknown ὑποδήματα 1 sandals In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore **sandals**. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 15 23 m019 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 And bring the fattened calf, slaughter it, and let us eat and celebrate If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring … slaughter Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 15 23 ll8j translate-unknown μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 the fattened calf A **calf** is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a **calf** or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 15 23 t3cu figs-explicit θύσατε 1 kill In this context, the term **kill** means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 23 m021 figs-hendiadys φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us eat and celebrate The phrase **eat and celebrate** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **eat** indicates how the father wants to **celebrate** his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 15 23 m022 figs-exclusive φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us eat and celebrate The word **us** includes the addressees, since the father means the whole household, including the servants to whom he is speaking. So use the inclusive form of **us** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages might say “all of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 15 24 m023 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 ‘For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life; he was lost, and has been found’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 24 ubz3 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν 1 this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life The father says that when his **son** was in the faraway country, it was as if he was **dead**. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 24 izx2 figs-metaphor ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he was lost, and has been found The father says that when his **son** was in faraway country, it was as if he was **lost** and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 24 m024 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη 1 he has been found If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 15 24 m025 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι 1 And they began to celebrate **Then** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 25 jd7l grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 15 25 bk6d figs-explicit ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ 1 was in the field The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 25 m026 figs-explicit ὡς ἐρχόμενος 1 as he came Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 25 m027 figs-metonymy ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν 1 he heard music and dancing The older son could not literally hear **dancing**, so Jesus is using the term **heard** in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 15 26 m028 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 26 m029 figs-explicit ἕνα τῶν παίδων 1 one of the servants Here the word that is translated as **servant** ordinarily means “boy.” So here it may indicate that the servant was young. Alternate translation: “a young servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 26 z51r τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα 1 what these things might be Alternate translation: “what was happening”
|
||
LUK 15 27 m030 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν 1 And he said to him, Your brother has come and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him back in good health If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 27 m031 figs-metonymy ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 your father has killed the fattened calf The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 15 27 m032 figs-metonymy ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 your father has killed the fattened calf The implication, as the father says explicitly in [15:23](../15/23.md), was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 15 27 r8py translate-unknown τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 the fattened calf See how you translated this term in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 15 27 m033 ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν 1 because he has received him in good health Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
|
||
LUK 15 28 m034 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν 1 and his father came out and entreated him Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 m035 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ 1 But answering he said to his father, ‘Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 m036 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 m037 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The older son uses **Behold** to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 f8w9 figs-metaphor δουλεύω σοι 1 I am slaving for you To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 m038 figs-doublenegatives οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον 1 I have never disregarded your command If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 d2t6 figs-hyperbole οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον 1 I have never disregarded your command To emphasize how carefully he believes he has obeyed his father, the older son makes a figurative generalization and says **never**. Alternate translation: “I have not disobeyed your commands” or “I have done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 15 29 ph4q figs-explicit ἔριφον 1 a young goat A young goat was smaller and much less expensive than a fatted calf. The son’s implication is that his father has not done even a small thing to show appreciation for him. You could express that more explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “even a young goat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 30 m039 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτε δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 but when this son of yours came, who has devoured your property with prostitutes, you killed for him the fattened calf If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse, if you translated it as an indirect quotation): “but that when this son of his came home, who had wasted his money on prostitutes, he killed the fattened calf for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 30 y27h ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος 1 this son of yours The older son refers to his brother as **this son of yours** because he does not want to be associated with him. He does not want to call him “my brother.” Alternate translation: “that other son of yours”
|
||
LUK 15 30 vip3 figs-metaphor ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον 1 having devoured your livelihood The older son describes his brother as having eaten up the wealth his father gave him, to the point where there is nothing left. Alternate translation: “who squandered your wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 30 e6ig figs-synecdoche μετὰ πορνῶν 1 with prostitutes In order to depict how the younger son wasted his father’s money on reckless living, the older son speaks of one thing he assumes the younger son spent money on. Alternate translation: “living recklessly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 15 30 m040 figs-metonymy ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 you killed for him the fattened calf The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 15 30 m041 figs-explicit ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 you killed for him the fattened calf If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly the implicit purpose for this action. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf so you could hold a celebration for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 15 30 vf31 translate-unknown τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 the fattened calf See how you translated this term in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 15 31 b5s3 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν 1 But he said to him, ‘Child, you are always with me, and all my things are yours’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 31 m042 τέκνον 1 Child The father is using the word **Child** as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
|
||
LUK 15 31 m043 σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ 1 you are always with me Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
|
||
LUK 15 32 m044 figs-quotesinquotes εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and lived, and he had been lost, and was found If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 15 32 m045 figs-hendiadys εὐφρανθῆναι…καὶ χαρῆναι 1 celebrate and rejoice The phrase **celebrate and rejoice** expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with **and**. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 15 32 c35s ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος 1 this brother of yours The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his **brother**. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
|
||
LUK 15 32 due5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν 1 this brother of yours was dead, and lived See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 32 v55y figs-metaphor ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he had been lost, and was found See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 15 32 m046 figs-activepassive καὶ εὑρέθη 1 and was found If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 intro qz3g 0 # Luke 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15)<br>2. Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18)<br>3. Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
|
||
LUK 16 1 m047 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 16 1 p54g writing-participants ἔλεγεν…καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς 1 he also said to his disciples Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 16 1 r6ck figs-parables ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς 1 And he also said to his disciples One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 16 1 k6jv writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον 1 There was a certain rich man who had a manager This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 16 1 blp5 figs-activepassive οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς 1 he was reported to him as If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 1 lpc3 διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 wasting his possessions Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
|
||
LUK 16 2 m049 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 16 2 abci writing-pronouns φωνήσας αὐτὸν 1 he called him The pronoun **he** refers to the rich man, and **him** refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 16 2 m050 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν 1 said to him, ‘What is this that I hear about you? Give an account of your management, for you are no longer able to manage.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 2 p7y7 figs-rquestion τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? 1 What is this I hear about you? The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 16 2 q433 ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου 1 Give a report of your management Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
|
||
LUK 16 2 m051 οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν 1 you are no longer able to manage Alternate translation: “since you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
|
||
LUK 16 3 m052 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…ἐν ἑαυτῷ…τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι 1 said to himself, ‘What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong enough to dig, and I am ashamed to beg’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 3 kng1 figs-explicit ὁ κύριός μου 1 my master The expression **my master** refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 3 t3kj figs-synecdoche σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω 1 I am not strong to dig The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 16 4 m053 figs-quotesinquotes ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from the management, they will welcome me into their houses If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 4 xxe2 figs-activepassive ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας 1 when I am removed from the management If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 4 m054 writing-pronouns δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 they will welcome me into their houses By **they**, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 16 4 m4za figs-metonymy δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 they will welcome me into their houses The expression **welcome me into their houses** likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 5 rze8 τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ 1 the debtors of his master Alternate translation: “of the people who were in debt to his master” or “of the people who owed things to his master”
|
||
LUK 16 5 m055 figs-nominaladj τῷ πρώτῳ 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to the first of the debtors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 16 5 m056 figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου? 1 he said to the first, ‘How much do you owe to my master?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 6 xp6d figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου 1 And he said, ‘100 baths of olive oil’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 6 u8nh translate-bvolume ἑκατὸν βάτους 1 100 baths The word **baths** is the plural of “bath,” an ancient measurement equal to about 30 liters or about 8 gallons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “3,000 liters” or “800 gallons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||
LUK 16 6 m057 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα 1 Then he said to him, ‘Take your bill and, sitting down, quickly write 50’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 6 m058 translate-unknown σου τὰ γράμματα 1 your bill A **bill** is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes. Your language may have a specific term for this. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 16 6 m059 translate-bvolume πεντήκοντα 1 50 If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “1,500 liters” or “400 gallons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||
LUK 16 7 sy3y figs-quotesinquotes ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις? 1 Then to another he said, ‘And you, how much do you owe?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 7 pq2u translate-bvolume ἑκατὸν κόρους 1 100 cors The word **cors** is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||
LUK 16 7 m060 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα 1 And he said, ‘100 cors of wheat.’ He says to him, ‘Take your bill, and write 80.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 7 m061 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
|
||
LUK 16 7 m062 translate-unknown σου τὰ γράμματα 1 your bill See how you translated **your bill** in [16:6](../16/06.md). Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 16 7 tn17 translate-bvolume ὀγδοήκοντα 1 80 If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||
LUK 16 8 nfz3 φρονίμως ἐποίησεν 1 he had acted shrewdly Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
|
||
LUK 16 8 a1yq figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The expression **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the values and outlook of the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 16 8 m063 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age The term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 8 lvx7 figs-metaphor τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς 1 the sons of light The expression **sons of** is once again an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something, in this case the influence of God. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 8 m064 figs-metaphor τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς 1 the sons of light The term **light** is a metaphor for the presence and influence of God in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 8 m065 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν 1 in their own generation Jesus speaks of **the sons of this age** as if they had all been born in the same **generation**. Alternate translation: “in relation to their own kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 9 agp3 writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω 1 And I say to you Jesus uses the phrase **I say to you** to mark the end of the story and to introduce a teaching about how his disciples can apply the story to their lives. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And you should do something similar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
LUK 16 9 jkn7 ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ, δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς 1 make friends for yourselves by means of unrighteous wealth, so that when it fails, they may welcome you into the eternal dwellings The identity of these **friends** is unclear. Interpreters understand them in a variety of ways. It is also unclear whether it is these **friends** who would **welcome** someone into the **eternal dwellings** or whether the expression is indefinite, equivalent to “you will be welcomed into the eternal dwellings.” Because the meaning is unclear and it is interpreted in such a variety of ways, it might be best if your translation did not say any more about this than ULT does.
|
||
LUK 16 9 q2jb figs-metonymy τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας 1 unrighteous wealth Here, the term **unrighteous** is an echo of the previous verse, in which Jesus described the manager by the same term. It likely refers to the various shrewd means by which the people of this world make money. Jesus is applying it by association to money itself. Alternate translation: “the money you have in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 9 m066 ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ 1 when it fails Alternate translation: “when it is gone” or “when it no longer has any value”
|
||
LUK 16 10 we3j ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 The one who is faithful in very little Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is not very faithful. Alternate translation: “Someone who is trustworthy even in very small matters”
|
||
LUK 16 10 r8hz ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος 1 the one who is unrighteous in very little Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is only infrequently unrighteous. Alternate translation: “someone who is not trustworthy even in very small matters”
|
||
LUK 16 11 tm3w figs-metonymy τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ 1 in unrighteous wealth See how you translated this term in [16:9](../16/09.md). Alternate translation: “with the money that you have in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 11 cv6s figs-rquestion τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει? 1 who will entrust the true to you? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will trust you with genuine wealth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 16 11 x2hr figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 the true Jesus is using the adjective **true** as a noun to mean wealth that is more genuine, real, or lasting than money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “genuine wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 16 12 uy96 figs-rquestion τὸ ὑμέτερον τίς ὑμῖν δώσει? 1 who will give to you what is your own? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will give you property of your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 16 13 w2sf οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν 1 No servant is able to serve two masters If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot serve two masters”
|
||
LUK 16 13 msb6 figs-explicit δυσὶ κυρίοις 1 two masters The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 13 u1lk figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 for either he will hate the one and he will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and he will despise the other Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 16 13 ba2m ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται 1 be devoted to one Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
|
||
LUK 16 13 dd9z τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 despise the other Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
|
||
LUK 16 13 pw7q figs-you οὐ δύνασθε…δουλεύειν 1 You are not able to serve Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 16 14 taq3 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 16 14 m067 writing-participants οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 the Pharisees Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 16 14 lbq9 φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες 1 who were lovers of money Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
|
||
LUK 16 15 zcqs ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 the ones justifying yourselves Alternate translation: “You are people who try to make yourselves look good”
|
||
LUK 16 15 m068 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 before men Jesus is using this expression to mean “where people can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from the perspective of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 15 m069 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 16 15 lx4f figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 but God knows your hearts Here, **hearts** represent people’s motivations and desires. Alternate translation: “God understands your true desires” or “God knows your real motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 15 q82t figs-metaphor τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν 1 what is exalted among men Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe things that are valued or honored as if they were high up. Alternate translation: “what people value” or “what people respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 15 m070 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 16 15 m071 translate-unknown βδέλυγμα 1 is an abomination The term **abomination** comes from the regulations for religious life in the Jewish law. It refers to something that provokes feelings of horror and revulsion and must be avoided. Alternate translation: “is detestable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 16 15 m072 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Jesus is using this expression to mean “where God can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 16 m566 figs-merism ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The Law and the Prophets Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 16 16 a2ra μέχρι 1 were until Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
|
||
LUK 16 16 b78c figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 John Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to **John** the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 16 mrl3 figs-activepassive ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται 1 the kingdom of God is proclaimed as good news If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 16 m073 figs-abstractnouns ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 16 16 m074 figs-hyperbole πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται 1 everyone is forcing their way into it Jesus says that people have been **forcing their way** into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 16 16 lyw7 figs-hyperbole πᾶς 1 everyone The term **everyone** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 16 17 stl8 εὐκοπώτερον δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν πεσεῖν 1 But it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of the law to fall If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this contrast in the reverse order. Alternate translation: “Even the smallest detail of the law will remain valid for longer than the whole creation exists”
|
||
LUK 16 17 m075 figs-merism τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν 1 heaven and earth Jesus is describing all of creation by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 16 17 m076 παρελθεῖν 1 to pass away Alternate translation: “to go out of existence”
|
||
LUK 16 17 ke7y figs-metonymy ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν 1 than for one stroke of the law A **stroke** is the smallest part of a letter. Jesus is referring to the teachings of the law by association with the way they have been recorded in written letters. Alternate translation: “than for any of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 17 t33k figs-metaphor πεσεῖν 1 to fall Jesus uses the term **fall** to mean to be of no further use, such as a building would be if it collapsed. Alternate translation: “to become invalid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 18 m077 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Everyone who divorces his wife Here Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 18 j8fn πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Everyone who divorces his wife Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
|
||
LUK 16 18 i544 μοιχεύει 1 commits adultery Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
|
||
LUK 16 18 sq24 ὁ…γαμῶν 2 the one who marries Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
|
||
LUK 16 18 m078 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν 1 one divorced from her husband If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 19 kd1x figs-parables δέ 1 Now Jesus uses the term **Now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος δέ τις ἦν πλούσιος 1 there was a certain rich man This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 16 19 fu76 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον 1 and he was putting on purple and fine linen Jesus is using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 16 19 m079 figs-metonymy πορφύραν 1 purple Jesus uses the term **purple** to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 19 z8v5 translate-unknown βύσσον 1 The term **fine linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 16 19 sz7t εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς 1 feasting sumptuously every day Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
|
||
LUK 16 20 mmw2 writing-participants πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος 1 But a certain poor man named Lazarus This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 16 20 m081 figs-activepassive ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 was laid at his gate If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 20 ax4v figs-explicit πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 at his gate The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 20 ex57 εἱλκωμένος 1 afflicted with sores It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
|
||
LUK 16 21 i2fn figs-activepassive ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων 1 longing to be fed from the things falling If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 21 vnk5 ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι 1 But even the dogs were coming Jesus uses the word **even** to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
|
||
LUK 16 21 xby9 figs-explicit οἱ κύνες 1 the dogs The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 22 y7pb writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 16 22 hrm6 figs-activepassive ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 he was carried away by the angels If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 22 r2k1 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ 1 to the bosom of Abraham The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 22 hn6v figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 was buried If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 23 tl8x figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 16 23 vca4 ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις 1 being in torment Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
|
||
LUK 16 23 m083 ὁρᾷ 1 he sees To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
|
||
LUK 16 23 qpd2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ 1 in his bosom See how you translated this expression in [16:22](../16/22.md). Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 m084 figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 crying out he said, ‘Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am tormented in this flame.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 dpp9 figs-hendiadys αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν 1 crying out he said Together the terms **crying out** and **said** mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 m95a figs-metaphor Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ 1 Father Abraham The rich man is using the term **Father**, which means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 b2rc figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have pity on me” or “please help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 ly9k καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον 1 and send Lazarus Alternate translation: “by sending Lazarus” or “and tell Lazarus to come to me”
|
||
LUK 16 24 rc6p figs-hyperbole βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου 1 that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 rc6x figs-hyperbole καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου 1 and cool my tongue The rich man is describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his **tongue** feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 16 24 qix8 figs-activepassive ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 I am tormented in this flame If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 25 m085 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 25 m086 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child Abraham is using the term **Child** to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 the good of yours Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 16 25 rv17 ὁμοίως 1 likewise Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
|
||
LUK 16 25 hwc8 figs-nominaladj τὰ κακά 1 the bad Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 16 25 g4js figs-activepassive παρακαλεῖται 1 he is comforted If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 25 cn8i figs-activepassive σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 you are tormented If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 26 m087 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 26 af4h figs-idiom καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις 1 And with all these things This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 16 26 m088 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 16 26 m089 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς 1 you … you Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 16 26 tu5w figs-activepassive χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται 1 a great chasm has been set in place If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 26 sg6d figs-ellipsis μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 and that they may not go across from there to us Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 16 27 abcj figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Then he said, ‘I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 27 m090 figs-metaphor Πάτερ 1 Father The rich man is using the term **Father**, which means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 16 27 m091 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 to the house of my father The rich man is using the word **house** to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 28 y1xn figs-quotesinquotes ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου 1 for I have five brothers—in order that he might warn them, so that they would not also come to this place of torment If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 28 x8xk figs-explicit ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς 1 in order that he might warn them The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 29 m092 λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ 1 But Abraham says To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
|
||
LUK 16 29 m093 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 But Abraham says, ‘They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 29 v8eh figs-explicit ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 They have Moses and the prophets The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 29 x8pt figs-metonymy Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 29 m094 figs-merism Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is referring to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 16 29 l3in figs-idiom ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 let them listen to them Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 16 29 m095 figs-explicit ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 let them listen to them The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 30 m096 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 But he replied, ‘No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 30 m097 figs-explicit οὐχί 1 No The rich man uses the word **No** to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 16 30 d84a figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 16 30 m098 figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 abcl figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 But he said to him, ‘If they do not hear Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone would rise from the dead’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 n9s4 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 m099 figs-idiom εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets The term **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in [16:29](../16/29.md). Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 xkr7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 m100 figs-merism Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is referring to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 m101 figs-activepassive οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 16 31 gf1b figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 17 intro c4am 0 # Luke 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1–10)<br>2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11–19)<br>3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20–37)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Old Testament Examples<br><br>Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7–9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “In his day”<br><br>At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “There will be two in the field”<br><br>Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 17 1 ej1e figs-doublenegatives ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν 1 It is impossible for traps not to come If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 17 1 m102 translate-unknown τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 traps The term **traps** refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 1 m103 figs-metaphor τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 traps Jesus is using the word **traps**. Alternate translation: “temptations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 1 zck5 figs-ellipsis οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται! 1 woe through whom they come! Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 17 2 dvz5 figs-explicit λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ 1 It would be better for him if Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 2 uk6e figs-explicit λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 a millstone were lying around his neck The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 2 gr89 translate-unknown λίθος μυλικὸς 1 a millstone A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 2 k9xl figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ 1 he should trap See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap**. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 2 xm7x figs-metaphor τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 these little ones This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 m104 figs-explicit προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 1 Pay attention to yourselves Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 m105 figs-you προσέχετε 1 Pay attention The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 m106 figs-youcrowd σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες 1 your … rebuke … forgive The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 hyn8 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ 1 If your brother sins, rebuke him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 kkp3 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 m107 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 17 3 p35i ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ 1 rebuke him Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
|
||
LUK 17 3 m108 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ 1 and if he repents, forgive him Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 17 4 x8a3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 17 4 k5va figs-idiom ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας…καὶ ἑπτάκις 1 seven times in the day, and seven times The number **seven** in the Bible represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 4 m109 τῆς ἡμέρας 1 in the day Alternate translation: “in the same day”
|
||
LUK 17 4 m110 figs-youcrowd σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις 1 you … you … you will forgive The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 17 4 m111 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 4 m112 figs-declarative ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 you will forgive him Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 17 5 s4dy οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 the apostles This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in [6:13](../06/13.md). See how you translated the term there.
|
||
LUK 17 5 m114 τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 17 5 pji3 figs-imperative πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν 1 Increase faith to us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 m115 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 17 6 m116 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 m117 figs-you ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν 1 you had … you would say … you Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 m118 translate-unknown κόκκον σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed If your readers would not be familiar with a **mustard seed**, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ 1 mulberry tree Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to this firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 m119 figs-quotesinquotes ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 you would say to this mulberry tree, ‘Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 ky7z figs-activepassive ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 6 g53n figs-idiom ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν 1 it would listen to you Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 7 dk3q figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 17 7 m120 figs-hypo τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’? Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 7 m121 figs-quotesinquotes εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε 1 will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 7 va34 figs-explicit δοῦλον…ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα 1 a servant plowing or tending sheep It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 7 m122 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “and sit down to eat” or “and sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you could serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself serve me See how you translated these phrases in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “and then, after you have served me”
|
||
LUK 17 8 m124 figs-declarative φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ 1 you will eat and drink The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “No.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant … does he”
|
||
LUK 17 9 a1fm figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things commanded If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 10 ub27 figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 the things commanded you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 10 m129 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 say, ‘We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 10 m130 figs-exclusive δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 17 10 dga7 figs-hyperbole δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν 1 We are worthless servants This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 17 10 m132 ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 We have done what we ought to do Alternate translation: “We have only done our duty”
|
||
LUK 17 11 g442 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 17 11 f5rk ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 in the journeying to Jerusalem Alternate translation: “as Jesus continued his journey to Jerusalem”
|
||
LUK 17 11 m133 writing-background αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας 1 he was passing through between Samaria and Galilee Luke provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand what happens in this episode, in which Jesus engages a group of men that includes both Jews and at least one Samaritan. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 17 12 d9mg writing-participants ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν 1 ten men who were lepers met him Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him, standing far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 17 12 i1sc figs-explicit ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν 1 who stood at a distance The **lepers** were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make **who stood at a distance** a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “ten leprous men met him. They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 13 l1j4 figs-idiom αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 13 m134 αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one **voice**, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
|
||
LUK 17 13 fsn5 figs-imperative ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 have mercy on us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 17 13 m135 figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 have mercy on us The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 14 mrx8 figs-explicit πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν 1 Go show yourselves to the priests People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 14 m137 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 17 14 jpk2 figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθησαν 1 they were cleansed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 14 m138 figs-explicit ἐκαθαρίσθησαν 1 they were cleansed Luke uses the term **cleansed** for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 15 tdt1 figs-activepassive ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη 1 seeing that he had been healed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 15 x5ja ὑπέστρεψεν 1 returned Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
|
||
LUK 17 15 pe1z figs-idiom μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 16 ca9n translate-symaction ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 he fell on his face at his feet Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 17 16 m139 writing-background καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν Σαμαρείτης 1 And he was a Samaritan Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was a Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 17 17 m140 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Then Jesus answering said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus spoke in response to the Samaritan man coming back to thank him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 17 17 hfa2 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Then Jesus answering said Jesus responded to what the man did, but he did so by speaking about the man to the group of people around him, rather than to the man directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 17 m141 figs-activepassive οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν? 1 Were not the ten cleansed? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 17 cvb2 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν? 1 Were not the ten cleansed? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis, to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he is that only one of the ten men whom he healed came back to thank and praise God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I healed ten men of their leprosy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 17 17 w8y3 figs-rquestion οἱ δὲ ἐννέα ποῦ? 1 But where are the nine? Jesus is not asking the crowd to tell him where the other nine men are. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The other nine men should have come back too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 17 18 m142 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος 1 Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Was this foreigner the only one who returned to give glory to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||
LUK 17 18 rxh9 figs-rquestion οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος? 1 Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one but this foreigner came back to give glory to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 17 18 m143 writing-pronouns οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες 1 Were they not found returning The pronoun **they** refers to the lepers who were healed. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 17 18 m144 οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες 1 Were they not found returning If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive here. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
|
||
LUK 17 18 m145 figs-idiom οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες 1 Were they not found returning The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “Was there no one else who returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 18 x64q figs-explicit ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος 1 this foreigner Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 19 n2ce figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, that has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 17 19 m196 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you While the word **saved** can mean “healed,” as in [7:3](../07/03.md) and [8:48](../08/48.md), that does not seem to be the meaning here. Since all ten of the lepers were healed, but only this man demonstrated that he believed, Jesus seems to be saying that beyond being healed, he received salvation through faith. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 19 m146 figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you Jesus speaks of the leper’s **faith** as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 lvu1 grammar-connect-time-background ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now when some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 m147 figs-quotations ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming If it would be helpful in your language, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 m148 figs-activepassive ἐπερωτηθεὶς…ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 having been asked by the Pharisees If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 m149 figs-abstractnouns πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 when the kingdom of God was coming See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 m150 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν 1 he answered them and said Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 yc3i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως 1 The kingdom of God is not coming with observation Jesus uses the word **observation** to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 17 20 m151 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God is not coming See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is not going to begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 17 21 m152 figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 Neither will they say, ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 21 m153 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’ These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 21 m154 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 21 xj7z figs-you ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 17 21 xpi7 figs-abstractnouns ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 x3y2 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε 1 The days will come when Jesus is using the term **Days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 v2i3 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν 1 you will desire to see Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 ly8x figs-metonymy μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 one of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using his title **the Son of Man** to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 m155 figs-synecdoche μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 one of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using one of these **days** to refer to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 z11c figs-123person τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 m156 figs-explicit τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the days of the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “of my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 22 x7sq figs-idiom καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε 1 but you will not see it Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “people will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 23 m157 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 17 23 m158 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 Behold … Behold These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 23 m159 figs-doublet μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 17 23 kjy2 figs-explicit μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 24 m160 ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
|
||
LUK 17 24 i5rz figs-simile ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 17 24 m161 translate-textvariants οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 so will the Son of Man be See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 17 24 m162 figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 so will the Son of Man be The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 24 m163 figs-123person οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 so will the Son of Man be Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 17 24 m164 figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 so will the Son of Man be See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 25 csa3 figs-123person δεῖ αὐτὸν…παθεῖν 1 it is necessary for him to suffer Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 17 25 dp8a figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 be rejected by this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 25 m165 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened … so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
|
||
LUK 17 26 v1sr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 in the days of Noah Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 26 ktl1 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 26 m167 figs-123person ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 17 26 m168 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 27 eu24 figs-synecdoche ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, ἐγαμίζοντο 1 They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being given in marriage Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “They were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 17 27 uh5k figs-activepassive ἐγαμίζοντο 1 they were being given in marriage If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 27 m169 figs-idiom ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας 1 until the day While Noah and his family did enter the ark on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “right up to the moment when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 27 hb8s translate-unknown τὴν κιβωτόν 1 the ark The term **the ark** refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 27 qt8b figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 17 28 m170 figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ 1 just as it happened in the days of Lot Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in [17:27](../17/27.md), but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until [17:30](../17/30.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 17 28 m171 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ 1 in the days of Lot Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 28 m173 figs-synecdoche ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν 1 they were eating, they were drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were building Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 17 28 u93v writing-pronouns ἤσθιον 1 they were eating The implication from [17:29](../17/29.md) is that the pronoun **they** refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 17 29 m174 figs-idiom ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ 1 but in the day While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 29 gp77 figs-simile ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 it rained fire and sulfur from heaven In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 17 29 skp4 figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 17 30 m176 κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται 1 It will be according to these things Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
|
||
LUK 17 30 w3uh figs-explicit κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται 1 It will be according to these things The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 30 m177 figs-idiom ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in the day Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 30 v9ki figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 the Son of Man is revealed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 30 pfe1 figs-123person ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 in the day the Son of Man is revealed Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 17 30 m178 figs-explicit ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 in the day the Son of Man is revealed See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 31 m179 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 In that day Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 17 31 i9eq figs-hypo ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά 1 whoever is on the housetop and his goods are in the house, let him not go down to take them away Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 31 ep81 translate-unknown ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 31 jj9c τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ 1 his goods Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
|
||
LUK 17 31 m180 figs-explicit μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά 1 let him not go down to take them away The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 31 m181 figs-hypo καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “and suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 31 suh5 figs-explicit μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let him not turn to the things behind The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 32 fz8m figs-explicit μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ 1 Remember the wife of Lot Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s **wife** looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 33 d9fl ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
|
||
LUK 17 33 kvw6 ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν 1 but whoever will lose it will preserve it Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
|
||
LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||
LUK 17 34 j3b6 figs-hypo ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in that night there will be two in one bed Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 34 at99 translate-unknown ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in one bed If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 34 e9hj figs-activepassive ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken and the other will be left If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 34 m183 figs-hypo ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 35 il9v figs-hypo ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 There will be two grinding together Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 35 m184 δύο 1 two The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In [17:34](../17/34.md) and [17:36](../17/36.md), grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
|
||
LUK 17 35 t4zn translate-unknown ἀλήθουσαι 1 grinding The term **grinding** refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 35 m185 figs-activepassive ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken, but the other will be left If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 35 m186 figs-hypo ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 36 m187 translate-textvariants δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 There will be two in the field; one will be taken and the other will be left See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 17 36 m188 figs-hypo δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ 1 There will be two in the field Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 36 m189 figs-activepassive εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 one will be taken and the other will be left If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 17 36 m190 figs-hypo εἰς παραληφθήσεται 1 one will be taken If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 17 37 m191 ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answering they say to him To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
|
||
LUK 17 37 m192 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answering they say to him Together the two words **answering** and **say** mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 17 37 wmg6 figs-explicit ποῦ, Κύριε 1 Where, Lord The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 17 37 fen1 writing-proverbs ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
LUK 17 37 m193 figs-metaphor ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you can express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 17 37 m6ca translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοὶ 1 the vultures The word **vultures** describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with **vultures**, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 17 37 m194 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 will be gathered together If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 intro v92v 0 # Luke 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1–8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9–14)<br>3. Jesus blesses little children (18:15–17)<br>4. Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18–30)<br>5. Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31–34)<br>6. Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35–43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judges<br><br>People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Pharisees and tax collectors<br><br>The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “that he had become sad”<br><br>At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “we have left everything”<br><br>In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote.<br><br>In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 18 1 r26t figs-parables ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ 1 Then he spoke a parable to them to show that Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand that it was necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 18 2 l2qr λέγων 1 saying If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
|
||
LUK 18 2 ph5w writing-participants κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει 1 In a certain city there was a certain judge Jesus uses this phrase to introduce one of the main characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a judge who lived in a certain city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 18 2 d77j writing-background τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος 1 not fearing God and not respecting men Jesus provides this background information about the **judge** to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 18 2 m195 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men Here, Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 18 3 ie2v writing-participants χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 And there was a widow in that city Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 18 3 jhk6 figs-explicit χήρα 1 a widow A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 3 xfg3 ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 she was coming to him Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
|
||
LUK 18 3 m131 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 saying, ‘Vindicate me against my opponent’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 3 kj2l figs-imperative ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 Vindicate me against my opponent This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 18 3 xc7k translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 my opponent The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 18 4 m197 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 after these things Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
|
||
LUK 18 4 m198 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 he said to himself, ‘Even if I do not fear God or respect man’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 4 m199 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 Even if I do not fear God or respect man The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
LUK 18 4 bh3q figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men The judge is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 18 5 m200 figs-quotesinquotes διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will vindicate her, so that she will not beat me up by coming to the end If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 5 v9uu παρέχειν μοι κόπον 1 causes me trouble Alternate translation: “bothers me”
|
||
LUK 18 5 cf4e figs-metaphor μὴ…ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 she will not beat me up The judge speaks of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 5 ub29 figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη 1 by coming to the end The expression **to the end** is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 6 m201 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 18 6 t9mg figs-idiom ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει 1 Listen to what the unrighteous judge says **Listen to** is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 7 t1sk figs-rquestion ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς? 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen, who cry out to him day and night, and he delays long over them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 18 7 e2lv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and **God**, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 7 lrs0 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his elect Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 18 7 m202 figs-merism τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 the ones crying out to him day and night Jesus is using the phrase **day and night** to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 18 7 ljb4 figs-idiom καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 and he delays long over them Here Jesus may be using the word **and** in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 8 m203 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 18 8 m204 figs-explicit ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει 1 he will do the vindication of them quickly The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 8 zi1f figs-rquestion πλὴν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς? 1 Nevertheless, when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. This particular question uses a word that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, it is doubtful that the Son of Man will find faith on the earth when he returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 18 8 m205 figs-explicit πλὴν 1 Nevertheless The reference of the word **Nevertheless** is implied in the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “Even though God readily answers prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 8 inw3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν 1 when the Son of Man comes Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 18 8 m206 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 8 m207 figs-explicit τὴν πίστιν 1 faith When Jesus asks whether he will find **faith** on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 9 n2b5 figs-parables εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας…τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 Then he also spoke this parable to some Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 18 9 pmp1 writing-participants πρός τινας 1 to some Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 18 9 b6zy τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι 1 who were persuaded in themselves that they were righteous Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
|
||
LUK 18 9 rs6q καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς 1 who disdained others Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
|
||
LUK 18 10 m208 writing-participants ἄνθρωποι δύο 1 Two men Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 18 10 m209 figs-idiom ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι 1 went up to the temple to pray When Jesus says that these men **went up**, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 10 qp39 figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 to the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 18 10 m210 writing-background ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης 1 the one a Pharisee, and the other a tax collector Jesus provides this background information to help his listeners understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now one of these men was a Pharisee, and the other man was a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 18 11 mi9g figs-quotesinquotes ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 1 was praying these things about himself, ‘God, I thank you that I am not like the rest of men—robbers, unrighteous, adulterers—or even like this tax collector If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 11 m211 figs-youformal εὐχαριστῶ σοι 1 I thank you Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||
LUK 18 11 m212 figs-gendernotations οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the rest of men The Pharisee is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 18 11 lud3 translate-unknown ἅρπαγες 1 robbers The word **robbers** describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 18 11 m213 figs-nominaladj ἄδικοι 1 unrighteous The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 18 11 z78w figs-explicit ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 1 or even like this tax collector The Pharisees believed that any **tax collector** would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 12 m214 figs-quotesinquotes νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι 1 I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 12 ru63 figs-idiom ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι 1 I tithe all that I acquire To **tithe** means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 13 c37t translate-symaction ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς 1 But the tax collector, standing at a distance This was a sign of humility. The **tax collector** did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 18 13 qtt7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 not even willing to lift his eyes toward heaven The phrase **lift up his eyes** means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 13 m215 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 toward heaven See how you translated the similar expression in [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 13 c7x7 translate-symaction ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ 1 but was beating his breast This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “but instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 18 13 m216 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 saying, ‘God, have mercy on me, the sinner’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “admitting that he was a sinner and asking God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 13 mx5p figs-imperative ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 God, have mercy on me, the sinner This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 m217 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 18 14 s1yr figs-explicit κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one went down to his house justified rather than that one The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 m218 οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one … rather than that one Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
|
||
LUK 18 14 m219 figs-activepassive δεδικαιωμένος 1 justified If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **justified** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 m220 figs-idiom κατέβη…εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 went down to his house When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 qrg3 figs-explicit παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 rather than that one The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 n7xr figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 uuc5 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 14 m221 figs-metaphor ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 15 m260 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 18 15 abcm writing-pronouns προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη 1 they were bringing even the infants to him Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 15 m222 translate-symaction ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται 1 so that he might touch them If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 18 15 kxd9 figs-explicit ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς 1 they were rebuking them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 16 y3qg writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων 1 But Jesus summoned them, saying Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 16 j8x3 figs-verbs ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 18 16 u7sq figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of such is the kingdom of God It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 18 16 m223 figs-abstractnouns τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of such is the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 17 p5lq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν 1 Truly I say to you, whoever Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
|
||
LUK 18 17 m224 figs-abstractnouns μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 17 ar8e figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 like a child If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 18 17 m225 οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 will certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
|
||
LUK 18 18 a5qz writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων 1 And a certain ruler asked him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 18 18 d6kf τί ποιήσας…κληρονομήσω 1 doing what will I inherit Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
|
||
LUK 18 18 xrs8 figs-metaphor κληρονομήσω 1 will I inherit The ruler is using the term **inherit** to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 19 fxi2 figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Why do you call me good? No one is good except God alone Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 18 20 m226 figs-explicit τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας 1 You know the commandments The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 20 m227 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and mother You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 18 20 m261 figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word **your** is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of **your**. The implied **you** in the imperative verbs would also be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||
LUK 18 21 m5qf figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητος μου 1 All these things I have kept from my youth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **youth** with an adjective such as “young.” Alternate translation: “I have obeyed all of these commandments ever since I was young” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 22 e8il ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 But Jesus, hearing, said to him Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
|
||
LUK 18 22 t2cw ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει 1 One thing is still lacking to you Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
|
||
LUK 18 22 d3ar πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον 1 Sell all that you have Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
|
||
LUK 18 22 c4s5 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 distribute to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 18 22 hy6a figs-metaphor δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι 1 come, follow me As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 23 m228 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη 1 But he, hearing these things, became Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he became” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 24 m229 translate-textvariants ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Then Jesus, looking at him Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 18 24 qcm7 figs-exclamations πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται 1 How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 18 24 m230 figs-abstractnouns πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται 1 How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 25 hdz1 figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ 1 it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **the eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 18 25 m231 translate-unknown κάμηλον 1 camel A **camel** is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 18 25 j7x3 translate-unknown τρήματος βελόνης 1 the eye of a needle The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 18 25 m232 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into the kingdom of God See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 26 ycm3 οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 the ones who heard Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
|
||
LUK 18 26 vu3z figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 18 26 m233 figs-activepassive καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 27 ms9b figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν 1 The impossible with men is possible with God Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 18 28 m235 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 28 znu6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν 1 we have left … we have followed Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 18 28 yk9b πάντα 1 everything This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
|
||
LUK 18 28 m236 translate-textvariants πάντα 1 everything Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 18 28 m262 figs-metaphor καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι 1 and we have followed you As in [18:22](../18/22.md), to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 29 vz2w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 18 29 sk6z figs-doublenegatives οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 18 29 m237 figs-abstractnouns εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the sake of the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will by no means not receive This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you could finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time … in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, eternal life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
|
||
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 g4yx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 m241 figs-idiom ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 we are going up to Jerusalem When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 pg4k figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 all the things that have been written by the prophets If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 ss78 figs-explicit τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the things that have been written by the prophets Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 zj2x figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “about me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 m242 figs-explicit τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “about me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 31 i5ya figs-activepassive τελεσθήσεται 1 will be accomplished If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 32 h2a3 figs-activepassive παραδοθήσεται 1 he will be delivered If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 32 es98 figs-123person παραδοθήσεται 1 he will be delivered If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand me over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 18 32 m243 figs-metonymy τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 to the Gentiles Jesus is speaking of the Roman authorities by association with the fact that they are not Jews. Alternate translation: “to the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 18 32 hc2k figs-activepassive ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται 1 he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 32 m244 figs-123person ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται 1 he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “they will mock me, mistreat me, and spit on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 18 33 u86r figs-123person καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται 1 And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 18 33 fie4 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται 1 And on the third day he will rise up See how you translated this phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 33 m245 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 And on the third day Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 18 33 m246 translate-ordinal τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 18 33 m247 figs-metonymy ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise up Jesus speaks of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 18 34 bm7h αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν 1 they understood none of these things If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
|
||
LUK 18 34 b29z figs-explicit οὐδὲν τούτων 1 none of these things Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 34 fn58 figs-activepassive ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 this word was hidden from them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 34 m248 τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο 1 this word Here Luke uses the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
|
||
LUK 18 34 qx2n figs-activepassive τὰ λεγόμενα 1 the things that were spoken If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 35 w3sw writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 18 35 dyf9 writing-participants τυφλός τις 1 a certain blind man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 18 36 t35v τί εἴη τοῦτο 1 what this might be Alternate translation: “what was happening”
|
||
LUK 18 37 ckr3 writing-pronouns ἀπήγγειλαν…αὐτῷ 1 they reported to him Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 37 ku9j translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 Jesus the Nazarene The people call **Jesus** **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 18 38 u9ct grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 18 38 yaj2 ἐβόησεν 1 cried out Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
|
||
LUK 18 38 m250 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 18 38 ehf6 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 38 u69g figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 18 38 m252 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 39 m253 οἱ προάγοντες 1 the ones who were walking ahead Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
|
||
LUK 18 39 z7r6 ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ 1 were rebuking him, so that he would be silent Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
|
||
LUK 18 39 zug7 πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 he kept crying out much more This could mean: (1) “he shouted even louder.” (2) “he called out even more persistently.”
|
||
LUK 18 39 m254 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 Son of David, have mercy on me See how you decided to translate this phrase in [18:38](../18/38.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 18 40 m255 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 him to be brought to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 18 41 al8g ἵνα ἀναβλέψω 1 that I might see again Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
|
||
LUK 18 42 n67h figs-imperative ἀνάβλεψον 1 See again This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I have restored your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 18 42 m256 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 18 42 gcv1 figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you Jesus speaks of the man’s **faith** as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 18 42 m257 ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you Here Jesus seems to be using the word **saved** in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
|
||
LUK 18 43 m258 ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him Here, **followed** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
|
||
LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
|
||
LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)<br>3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)<br><br>### Spreading garments and branches<br><br>When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### The merchants in the temple<br><br>Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||
LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 19 2 m263 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 19 2 m264 figs-idiom ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος 1 called Zacchaeus by name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 2 m265 translate-names Ζακχαῖος 1 Zacchaeus **Zacchaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 19 2 z91v writing-background καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος 1 and he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 19 3 m3ux ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν 1 he was trying to see Jesus, who he was Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
|
||
LUK 19 3 njt7 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 3 m266 figs-explicit οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 4 k984 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 4 pzr6 translate-unknown συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree A **sycamore** is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 5 mr51 ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον 1 when he came to the place Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
|
||
LUK 19 6 zrw4 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-hyperbole πάντες διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 19 7 k2cl παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι 1 He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
|
||
LUK 19 7 yl4h ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 a sinful man By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
|
||
LUK 19 8 m267 translate-symaction σταθεὶς 1 stood At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 19 8 s46z τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 19 8 m268 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Zacchaeus uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Please listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 8 m269 Κύριε 1 Lord Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
|
||
LUK 19 8 m270 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 if I have defrauded anything from anyone, I will restore four-fold Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
LUK 19 8 u2bt ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 I will restore four-fold Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
|
||
LUK 19 9 m271 figs-explicit εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Then Jesus said to him Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 9 m272 figs-123person σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν 1 salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but he addresses him in the third person because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 19 9 m273 figs-personification σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house Jesus speaks of **salvation** as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 19 9 u2bx figs-abstractnouns σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 19 9 i8yg figs-metonymy τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 this house Jesus is using the word **house** to refer to the people living in the house. Alternate translation: “to this household” or “to this family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 9 f65b καὶ αὐτὸς 1 he too Alternate translation: “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
|
||
LUK 19 9 m274 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Jesus may be using the word **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” or “one of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 9 v3hq figs-idiom υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression **son of** as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 10 myp2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 19 10 m275 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 10 m276 figs-123person τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 19 10 m277 figs-metaphor τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost Jesus is using the term **lost**. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 11 m278 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 19 11 vue7 figs-parables προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν 1 he proceeded to speak a parable To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 19 11 m279 grammar-connect-logic-result προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν 1 he proceeded to speak a parable If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 11 qs7z figs-abstractnouns ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι 1 that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 19 12 m9j6 writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς 1 A certain well-born man Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 19 12 mtz9 figs-explicit λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν 1 to receive for himself a kingdom Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 12 m280 καὶ ὑποστρέψαι 1 and to return Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
|
||
LUK 19 13 m387 figs-explicit καλέσας δὲ 1 So calling It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 13 xx6p ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 he gave them ten minas Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
|
||
LUK 19 13 t82q translate-bweight ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 he gave them ten minas A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
LUK 19 13 m281 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 said to them, ‘Conduct business while I go’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 13 vwp2 πραγματεύσασθαι 1 Conduct business Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
|
||
LUK 19 13 m282 ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 in that I go Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
|
||
LUK 19 14 i998 figs-hyperbole οἱ…πολῖται αὐτοῦ 1 his citizens This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 19 14 j9v1 πρεσβείαν 1 a delegation Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
|
||
LUK 19 14 m283 figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες 1 after him, saying The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 14 m284 figs-quotesinquotes ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 after him, saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 15 g3jp writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 19 15 s9a7 λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν 1 having received the kingdom Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
|
||
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 he commanded to be called to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 15 m285 figs-metonymy τὸ ἀργύριον 1 the silver Jesus is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what they had gained by doing business Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
|
||
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 16 m286 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 19 16 ejx9 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 your mina has earned ten minas The servant is speaking of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 17 m287 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 17 n5at figs-exclamations εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! 1 Well done, good servant! Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 in very little This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
|
||
LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 be having authority over ten cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina … has made five minas The servant is speaking of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 19 jxa9 figs-imperative σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 19 19 m290 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as **over** these **cities** to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 20 n71e ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other one Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
|
||
LUK 19 20 m291 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 saying, ‘Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 20 m292 ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου 1 behold your mina This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term **behold**. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
|
||
LUK 19 20 r25f translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
LUK 19 20 l2wr figs-activepassive ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 which I was keeping put away in a cloth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 21 m293 figs-quotesinquotes ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 for I feared you, because you are a harsh man. You take up what you did not put down, and you reap what you did not sow’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a harsh man Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
|
||
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put down The servant is speaking of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow The servant is speaking of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 22 q2k2 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 He says to him, ‘By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 22 m294 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
|
||
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου 1 By your mouth The king is using the term **mouth** to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 22 xga8 figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow? The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 19 22 m295 figs-metaphor αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα 1 taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow See how you translated these expressions in [19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 23 m296 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 19 23 m297 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The king uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 put my silver in a bank … with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “did you not let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 23 m298 figs-metonymy μου τὸ ἀργύριον 1 my silver The king is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
|
||
LUK 19 24 h1nn figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι 1 And he said to those standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 those standing by The phrase **the ones standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
|
||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina … the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
LUK 19 25 m299 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 19 25 m300 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 25 m7ql figs-exclamations ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 he has ten minas You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 19 25 m301 translate-bweight μνᾶς 1 minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 xww6 figs-quotesinquotes λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 I say to you that to everyone who has, it will be given, but from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 x6ay figs-explicit λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the king is speaking. You may wish to indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But the king replied, ‘I say to you’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 m302 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 19 26 m303 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word **you** is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 f5hn figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται 1 to everyone who has, it will be given The king means implicitly that what a servant **has** is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 m304 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 it will be given If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 ab42 figs-explicit ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away The king means implicitly that a servant **not having** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 26 d1g9 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 even what he has will be taken away If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 27 m305 figs-quotesinquotes πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου 1 But these enemies of mine, the ones who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 27 u44z τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους 1 these enemies of mine Since the enemies were not right there, instead of **these**, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
|
||
LUK 19 27 m306 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν μου 1 before me Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 28 l43i εἰπὼν ταῦτα 1 when he had said these things Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
|
||
LUK 19 28 ja5p figs-idiom ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 29 y9q8 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν 1 Bethphage and Bethany **Bethphage** and **Bethany** are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 19 29 lj69 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 29 m307 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 19 30 m309 τὴν κατέναντι κώμην 1 the village opposite Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
|
||
LUK 19 30 qq5c translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 30 m310 figs-activepassive δεδεμένον 1 tied up If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 30 w1yp figs-gendernotations ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 19 30 m311 figs-metonymy ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 31 px4k figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’ Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 19 31 emu8 figs-quotesinquotes ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 31 m312 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε 1 you … ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 19 31 m313 figs-declarative ἐρεῖτε 1 you will say Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
LUK 19 31 m314 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 19 32 hdd8 figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 the ones who were sent If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 33 biw8 figs-youdual τί λύετε 1 why are you untying The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 19 33 m315 translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον -1 the colt … the colt See how you translated **colt** in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 34 m316 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 So they said, “The Lord has need of it” The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 34 m317 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 19 35 m318 translate-symaction ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον 1 throwing their cloaks upon the colt The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 19 35 scz2 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 35 g49k ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 mounted Jesus on it Alternate translation: “helped Jesus get up onto the colt so he could ride it”
|
||
LUK 19 36 m319 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they were spreading their cloaks on the road The word **they** refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 19 36 lxj5 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they were spreading their cloaks on the road This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 19 36 m320 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks See how you translated **cloaks** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 37 ba9e grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 19 37 t4nk τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the descent of the Mount of Olives Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
|
||
LUK 19 37 m321 translate-names τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “of Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 19 37 m322 figs-hendiadys χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 to rejoice and praise God The phrase **rejoice and praise** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **rejoice** tells how they began to **praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 19 37 m323 figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 37 m324 φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
|
||
LUK 19 37 m8hn figs-explicit ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων 1 the mighty works that they had seen This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 x7wk figs-explicit λέγοντες 1 saying The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 nsg4 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord The term **name** refers to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 d7b4 figs-abstractnouns ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη 1 Peace in heaven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an adjective such as “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May heaven be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 m325 figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη 1 Peace in heaven The word **heaven** is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of **heaven**, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be peaceful towards this king” or “May God be peaceful towards this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 vb29 figs-metaphor καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The term **highest** is a spatial metaphor that describes heaven. Alternate translation: “and glory in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 m327 figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “and may heaven be glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 m326 figs-explicit καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The implication is that this **glory** is praise that would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 38 m328 figs-explicit καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven for sending this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 39 m329 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καί 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 19 39 m330 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 19 39 yv21 ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου 1 rebuke your disciples Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
|
||
LUK 19 40 m331 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 19 40 m332 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 19 40 efm9 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 19 40 m333 figs-explicit ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 if these were silent, the stones would cry out The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 40 v8tc οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 the stones would cry out Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
|
||
LUK 19 41 v3pq figs-explicit ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν 1 as he approached, seeing the city The phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 41 k4l2 figs-metonymy ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 he wept over it Luke is using the city of Jerusalem to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 g1ee figs-apostrophe εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 m334 figs-idiom εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Jesus is using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known … even you … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 m335 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ 1 in this day Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 m336 figs-explicit τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things towards peace The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 tgs6 figs-metonymy ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes The term **eyes** means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 19 42 m337 figs-activepassive ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 43 y3g2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 19 43 tib4 figs-idiom ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ 1 the days will come upon you This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 43 m338 figs-idiom ἡμέραι 1 days Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you … your … you … you … you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 19 43 e7xp translate-unknown χάρακά 1 a barricade The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 19 44 m339 figs-metaphor ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground Jesus is speaking. To **dash** something **to the ground** means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 19 44 m340 figs-idiom καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 and your children within you To **dash** people **to the ground** means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||
LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 your children within you Jesus speaks of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you … your … you … you … you did not know … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί 1 they will not leave stone upon stone in you This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 19 44 xv9n figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου 1 you did not know the time of your visitation Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 19 45 u91v figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 entering into the temple You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 19 45 j6ce figs-synecdoche τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 19 45 py1x ἐκβάλλειν 1 drive out Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
|
||
LUK 19 46 m343 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 It is written, ‘My house will be a house of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 19 46 v81e figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 19 46 uvf7 figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 46 wac1 figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 47 m344 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 19 47 m345 figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 19 47 m346 figs-metaphor οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people The term **first** represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 19 48 m347 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 19 48 m348 οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 1 they were not finding that which they might do Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
|
||
LUK 19 48 m349 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς…ἅπας 1 all the people Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 19 48 pnf9 figs-metaphor ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων 1 were hanging on him listening Luke speaks of the people **hanging** on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 intro h6in 0 # Luke 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1–8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9–19)<br>3. Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20–26)<br>4. Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27–40)<br>5. Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41–44)<br>6. Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45–47)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in [20:17](../20/17.md) and [20:42–43](../20/42.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Questions that seem to have no good answer<br><br>In [20:4](../20/04.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John [20:5–6](../20/05.md).<br><br>In [20:22](../20/22.md), the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, [Luke 20:41–44](../20/41.md), Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
|
||
LUK 20 1 h8gv writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 20 1 vtg4 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 20 1 m350 writing-participants ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις 1 the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47–48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 20 2 m351 figs-imperative εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 Tell us by what authority you are doing these things, or who the one is who gave you this authority The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 20 3 qn89 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 20 3 ku6a ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 1 I also will ask you a word, and you say to me Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
|
||
LUK 20 3 m352 λόγον 1 a word Here Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
|
||
LUK 20 4 uph3 τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men? Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
|
||
LUK 20 4 z7cg figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 20 4 m353 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 20 5 mn6x οἱ…συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 they reasoned among themselves Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
|
||
LUK 20 5 m354 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 5 m4l7 figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven See how you translated this expression in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 m355 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 m356 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men See how you translated **men** in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 m357 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the whole people For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the … people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “will kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 6 m359 figs-activepassive πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν 1 it is persuaded If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 7 w2bc figs-quotations ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν 1 they answered that they did not know from where If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 20 7 eeg7 figs-ellipsis πόθεν 1 from where Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 20 8 d3bg grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Nor will I tell you Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 9 mf5e figs-parables ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 Then he began to speak this parable to the people To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 20 9 m360 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα 1 A man planted a vineyard Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 20 9 s8tt translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it to farmers As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 farmers While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||
LUK 20 10 wm51 figs-explicit καιρῷ 1 at the time If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers … farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||
LUK 20 10 kr7j figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 10 m362 figs-explicit οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν 1 the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away empty Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν 1 sent him away empty See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 12 m363 figs-nominaladj τρίτον 1 a third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 20 12 ub4g οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 they also wounded that one Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
|
||
LUK 20 12 h32a figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον 1 threw him out Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 13 m364 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
|
||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 13 m365 ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 Perhaps they will respect him In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
|
||
LUK 20 14 ib2b figs-explicit ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 But when the farmers saw him It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 14 m366 οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 the farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
|
||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία 1 saying, ‘This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 14 m367 figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By **inheritance**, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 15 u7us grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 15 m6en figs-metaphor ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 they threw him out of the vineyard As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 15 dlu4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 20 15 m368 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
|
||
LUK 20 16 m369 τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους 1 these farmers See how you translated the term **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Your language might say “those” instead of **these** in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
|
||
LUK 20 16 m370 translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 give the vineyard to others See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 20 16 k18g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 qtb7 translate-symaction ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν 1 But looking at them he said Jesus **looked at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 m371 figs-quotesinquotes τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 What then is this that is written: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας? 1 What then is this that is written Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 l6l3 figs-activepassive τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 this that is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 a5kc figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a plain explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 bd2f figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that the builders rejected The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 17 bh2r figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 18 d7n2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Everyone who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a plain explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 18 n3n5 figs-activepassive συνθλασθήσεται 1 will be broken to pieces If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 18 fdu6 figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 and on whomever it may fall, it will crush him Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a plain explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 19 vbf7 figs-metonymy ἐζήτησαν…ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 sought to lay hands on him The expression **to lay hands on** means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 19 u4tz figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 19 m372 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 and they feared the people Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 20 19 u4ta figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 they feared the people If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 19 m373 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 20 m374 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 20 f1en writing-participants ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους 1 they sent spies Luke uses this statement to introduce these **spies** as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 20 20 m375 ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι 1 who pretended themselves to be righteous Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
|
||
LUK 20 20 ml5w figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου 1 that they might take hold of his word Luke says that these religious leaders wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 20 m376 figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ λόγου 1 his word Luke uses the term **word** to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “of something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 20 r84a figs-doublet ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 in order to deliver him to the rule and to the authority of the governor The terms **rule** and **authority** mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 20 21 xn1w figs-explicit ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 they asked him It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “the spies came and asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 21 i3fr figs-synecdoche ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 they asked him Luke could mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could state “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 20 21 m377 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 20 21 v93z figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 20 21 fi1t figs-metonymy οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον 1 you do not receive a face The spies are using the term **face** to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 21 ubu9 figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God The spies speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 22 j6wb figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 Is it lawful The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 22 m378 φόρον δοῦναι 1 to give tribute Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
|
||
LUK 20 22 h4cc figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar The spies are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 23 z9dm κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν, εἶπεν 1 but perceiving their craftiness, he said Alternate translation: “But Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so he said”
|
||
LUK 20 24 j21y translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius See how you translated this term in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 20 24 cvs9 figs-rquestion τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? 1 Whose image and inscription does it have? This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you could see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 20 24 wt51 figs-metonymy ἐπιγραφήν 1 inscription Jesus is referring to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an **inscription**, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 25 rey9 figs-metonymy ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 give back the things of Caesar to Caesar, and the things of God to God Jesus is referring to the Roman government by the name of **Caesar**, its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it deserves, and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 25 gj71 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God to God Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate Translation: “and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 20 26 wa3s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος 1 they were not able to take hold of his word Luke says that the spies had wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 26 m379 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of the people Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 27 m380 writing-participants προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 20 27 m381 figs-explicit προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 27 f9e3 figs-distinguish οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 the ones who say there is no resurrection This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||
LUK 20 28 m383 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 saying Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 20 28 m384 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 20 28 m385 figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 Moses wrote for us These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he **wrote** it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 28 m386 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 20 28 d6yl figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα 1 if the brother of anyone should die, having a wife, and he is childless, that Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 28 sjt5 λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take his wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
|
||
LUK 20 28 pn1c figs-metaphor ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 and raise up seed for his brother The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 28 m388 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 seed See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 29 c2jr grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical οὖν 1 Therefore The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||
LUK 20 29 ax5n figs-hypo ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος 1 there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 29 si57 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 29 m389 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 20 30 m390 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 30 p5mw figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 20 30 m391 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 30 m392 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 20 31 m393 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 31 d5tq figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the third took her The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 31 m394 figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 20 31 f1fj figs-explicit ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 and likewise the seven also left no children, and died The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 33 avu1 ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
|
||
LUK 20 33 m395 figs-hypo οὖν 1 Therefore This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 20 33 m396 οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα 1 the seven had her as wife Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
|
||
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 34 n91c figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 36 m402 figs-explicit ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν 1 for they are like the angels Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 36 m403 figs-gendernotations υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ 1 they are sons of God Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 20 36 btb3 figs-idiom τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1 being sons of the resurrection Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 37 g3xg καὶ Μωϋσῆς 1 even Moses Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
|
||
LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism Θεὸς…οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 39 n5nq writing-participants ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 Then answering some of the scribes said Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 20 39 m410 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 20 40 m411 figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 40 i6sv writing-pronouns οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων 1 they no longer dared It is unclear whether **they** refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 20 41 t981 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said to them As in [20:40](../20/40.md), it is unclear to whom the pronoun **them** refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 20 41 mda6 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν? 1 How do they say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 20 41 sq2g writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 they say Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 the son of David Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 42 y972 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ 1 For David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
LUK 20 42 z0vc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 42 m413 λέγει 1 says In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
LUK 20 42 h2al figs-quotesinquotes λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 says in the book of Psalms, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 42 e1i2 figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 20 42 m415 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 20 43 m416 figs-quotesinquotes ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet The psalm speaks of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 a footstool for your feet If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 20 44 m427 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus is using the word **And** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 20 44 m426 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 son Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 45 k3pf grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 20 45 m420 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **Beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 46 ang2 translate-symaction θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 20 46 m422 figs-explicit φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς 1 love greetings The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “loving to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats … the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 47 m424 figs-metonymy οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus speaks of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus says that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a pretext they pray at length Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
|
||
LUK 20 47 zpp5 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 20 47 zpx5 figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
|
||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 21 1 m425 writing-newevent εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους 1 he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 21 1 m428 figs-nominaladj τοὺς…πλουσίους 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 1 unv2 figs-metonymy τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the treasury Luke is describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 And he saw a certain poor widow Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 21 2 vzu8 translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two lepta The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
LUK 21 3 i8gf figs-explicit εἶπεν 1 he said Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 3 t97j ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 21 3 rwt3 figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν 1 this poor widow put in more than all Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 3 m429 figs-explicit πάντων 1 all In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 4 x3qb ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα 1 put in the gifts out of their abundance Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
|
||
LUK 21 4 gaj8 αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν 1 But she, out of her poverty, put in all the livelihood that she had Alternate translation: “But she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
|
||
LUK 21 5 vgp3 figs-explicit τινων 1 some The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 5 m430 figs-activepassive κεκόσμηται 1 it was decorated If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 5 vk7z figs-metonymy ἀναθέμασιν 1 offerings In this context, **offerings** refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 6 lcz6 ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε 1 These things that you are looking at Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
|
||
LUK 21 6 wcd9 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days will come in which Here Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 6 ajx2 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
|
||
LUK 21 6 dps1 figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in [19:44](../19/44.md). Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 21 6 m431 ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
|
||
LUK 21 6 m432 figs-activepassive ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 7 rix4 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 7 m433 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 21 7 a11j figs-explicit πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι 1 when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 8 bbri figs-quotesinquotes βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν 1 Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am he,’ and, ‘The time has come near.’ If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 21 8 vu18 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανηθῆτε 1 you are not deceived If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 8 f1ed figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 8 h6zp figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 8 m434 figs-explicit ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν 1 The time has come near This implicitly means the **time** when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 8 sls1 figs-metaphor μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν 1 Do not go after them Here the expression **go after** seems to have a figurative sense like that of the term **follow**, found in [5:27](../05/27.md) and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 9 p5w5 figs-doublet πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας 1 wars and rebellions The term **wars** probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term **rebellions** probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “of armed conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 21 9 eze2 figs-activepassive μὴ πτοηθῆτε 1 do not be terrified If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 9 m435 grammar-connect-logic-result δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον 1 for these things must happen first If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before **do not be terrified**, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 21 9 msn6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος 1 but not immediately the end Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 21 9 jyh8 figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 yj1i writing-pronouns τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the word **them** refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 m436 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 ms79 figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The word **Nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 ax4w figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The term **Nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 m437 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The expression **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 e65b figs-ellipsis καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 and kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 m438 figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
LUK 21 10 m439 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The term **kingdom** represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 11 ib3l φόβηθρά 1 terrifying events Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
|
||
LUK 21 11 m440 figs-metonymy σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα 1 great signs from heaven Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it has the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) a way of referring to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 unm4 figs-metonymy τούτων 1 these things This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 w5uz figs-metonymy ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you This expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 qd99 writing-pronouns ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you The pronoun **they** refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in [21:16](../21/16.md). Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 w2i4 figs-metonymy παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 delivering you to the synagogues The term **synagogues** means the leaders of the synagogues, who had the authority to put Jews on trial. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to the leaders of the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 xt6d figs-ellipsis τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς, ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ 1 the synagogues and prisons, bringing you before Jesus is speaking compactly here. Alternate translation: “the synagogue rulers, who will put you in prison and bring you before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 m441 figs-metonymy ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ 1 bringing you before This expression means to turn someone over to an authority for trial, where the person would stand **before** the authority and answer the charges. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 12 cwq9 figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for the sake of my name Here, **name** represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 13 d98x ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον 1 It will turn out for you for a testimony Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
|
||
LUK 21 14 q1s1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὖν 1 But **But** is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 21 14 he8s figs-metaphor θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 put in your hearts Jesus speaks of his disciples’ **hearts** as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 14 m442 figs-metaphor θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 put in your hearts Jesus is using the disciples’ **hearts** to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 14 usf9 figs-explicit μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 not to prepare to be defended The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 14 m443 figs-activepassive ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 to be defended If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 15 m788 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [21:14](../21/14.md) and [21:15](../21/15.md), putting all of [21:15](../21/15.md) first, followed by all of [21:14](../21/14.md). You could begin [21:15](../21/15.md) with “Since” and have no introductory word for [21:14](../21/14.md), or you could have no introductory word for [21:15](../21/15.md) and begin [21:14](../21/14.md) with “So.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 21 15 z6ua figs-metonymy στόμα καὶ σοφίαν 1 a mouth and wisdom Jesus is using the term **mouth** to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 15 gm5t figs-hendiadys στόμα καὶ σοφίαν 1 a mouth and wisdom The phrase **a mouth and wisdom** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **wisdom** describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 21 15 d3zh figs-doublenegatives ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν 1 that all the ones opposing you will not be able to resist or contradict If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verbs **resist** and **contradict** as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 21 15 m444 figs-doublet ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν 1 to resist or contradict The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 21 16 xc2s figs-activepassive παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων 1 you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 16 m445 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here, the term **brothers** has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 21 16 ue17 writing-pronouns θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 they will put to death some of you The pronoun **they** could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 17 m446 figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by all If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 17 wbh8 figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by all The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 21 17 lm66 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 18 m447 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 21 18 m448 figs-doublenegatives θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative words **not at all** combined with the negative verb **perish** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 21 18 y7bi figs-synecdoche θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 21 18 m449 θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not **perish**. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
|
||
LUK 21 18 m450 figs-metaphor θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish Since Jesus says in [21:16](../21/16.md) that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually; that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 19 g85h ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν 1 By your endurance Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
|
||
LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls Here “soul” means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
|
||
LUK 21 20 nqb6 figs-activepassive κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem surrounded by armies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 20 dfy7 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς 1 its desolation is near If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desolation** with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 21 m453 figs-explicit εἰς τὰ ὄρη 1 to the mountains The implication is that people who fled **to the mountains** would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 21 ubh7 writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς 1 in the midst of it Here the pronoun **it** means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 21 m454 figs-explicit οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 let those in the fields not enter into it The term **fields** refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 21 m455 οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 let those in the fields not enter into it If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
|
||
LUK 21 22 vs2g figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 21 22 m456 figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vengeance** with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 22 eba2 figs-activepassive τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 to fulfill all the things that have been written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 22 m457 figs-hyperbole τοῦ…πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all the things that have been written Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 m458 figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 the ones having in the womb This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 the ones nursing This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “to the mothers who are nursing their babies”
|
||
LUK 21 23 m459 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 m460 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 m461 figs-parallelism ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people If the word **land** means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 mzp3 figs-metonymy ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land The term **land** could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 m462 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 23 iw4r figs-metonymy καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 and wrath to this people Jesus is using the word **wrath** to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 lmj8 figs-metonymy πεσοῦνται 1 they will fall Here, **fall** means to die by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m463 figs-metaphor στόματι μαχαίρης 1 by the mouth of the sword Here, the term **mouth** may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m464 figs-personification στόματι μαχαίρης 1 by the mouth of the sword This phrase could also be depicting the **sword** as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m465 figs-genericnoun μαχαίρης 1 the sword The word **sword** represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “of the swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m466 figs-synecdoche μαχαίρης 1 the sword Jesus may be using one kind of weapon, **the sword**, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “of the weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 zn4e figs-hyperbole εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 into all the nations The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m467 figs-metonymy ἐθνῶν 1 nations Jesus is using the term **nations** to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 d356 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations Jesus speaks of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m468 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 m469 figs-explicit ἐθνῶν 2 the nations Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 24 na6l figs-activepassive ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν 1 until the times of the nations are fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 25 bza4 figs-metonymy συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν 1 distress of nations As in [21:10](../21/10.md), the term **nations** here refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 25 sz1c figs-metaphor ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου 1 in perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 25 m470 figs-doublet ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου 1 at the roaring and tossing of the sea Jesus may be using the words **roaring** and **tossing** together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. If you decide to retain the metaphor in your translation, you could translate these words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “about the great storms at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 21 26 m471 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **Men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 21 26 m472 figs-hendiadys ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας 1 from fear and expectation This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **fear** describes what the **expectation** of people will be like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 21 26 az37 τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ 1 the things that are coming upon the inhabited world Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
|
||
LUK 21 26 m473 grammar-connect-logic-result αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 for the powers of the heavens will be shaken If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 21 26 wn9g figs-idiom αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 21 26 m474 figs-activepassive αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 27 m475 writing-pronouns ὄψονται 1 they will see The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since [21:25](../21/25.md). Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 27 k9pr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 21 27 m476 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 27 wyj9 figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ 1 coming in a cloud Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means **coming** down from heaven **in a cloud**. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in a cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 27 acp6 figs-hendiadys μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς 1 with power and much glory This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 21 27 m477 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς 1 with power and much glory If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 28 mv82 translate-symaction ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν 1 stand up and lift up your heads Jesus tells his disciples to assume this posture rather than fearfully crouching down and looking down, to demonstrate their confidence that God is coming to deliver them. Alternate translation: “confidently stand up straight and hold your heads high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 21 28 up9z figs-metonymy διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν 1 because your deliverance is coming near Jesus is speaking of God as if he himself were the **redemption** that he is going to bring. Alternate translation: “because God will soon redeem you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 28 m478 figs-abstractnouns διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν 1 because your deliverance is coming near If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent the idea behind the abstract noun **redemption** with a verb such as “redeem.” Alternate translation: “because God will soon redeem you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 29 h6a9 figs-parables καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς 1 And he spoke a parable to them Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
LUK 21 29 m479 figs-genericnoun τὴν συκῆν 1 the fig tree Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
LUK 21 29 m480 translate-unknown τὴν συκῆν 1 the fig tree See how you translated this term in [13:6](../13/06.md). Alternate translation: “the fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 21 30 l2ts ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη 1 When they already sprout Alternate translation: “When they already start to grow new leaves”
|
||
LUK 21 30 yic5 ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 the summer is already near Alternate translation: “the summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
|
||
LUK 21 31 y81z ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
|
||
LUK 21 31 t1ca figs-abstractnouns ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God is near See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 21 32 gsh9 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 21 32 h921 figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to refer to the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening.” (2) “the people who are alive now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 32 m3il οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν 1 will certainly not pass away until If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
|
||
LUK 21 32 lrs1 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will certainly not pass away Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 21 32 m481 πάντα γένηται 1 all Alternate translation: “all of these things happen”
|
||
LUK 21 33 t53u figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 The heaven and the earth will pass away Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 21 33 c3yl figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 but my words will certainly not pass away Jesus is using the term **words** to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 21 33 kym8 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 will certainly not pass away If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
|
||
LUK 21 34 m482 figs-activepassive μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 34 y2qk figs-metaphor μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries Jesus speaks of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 34 r69y figs-metaphor ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι 1 your hearts Here, the **hearts** represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 34 se3c figs-hendiadys κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ 1 hangover and drunkenness This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **drunkenness** explains the source of the **hangover**. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 21 34 unw9 μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 everyday worries Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
|
||
LUK 21 34 x8jh figs-personification ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 that sudden day will come upon you Jesus speaks of this **day** as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether **sudden** is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 21 34 r486 figs-explicit καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 and that sudden day will come upon you The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 34 q6ph figs-explicit καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 and that sudden day will come upon you This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “and the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “and the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 35 m483 figs-simile ὡς παγίς 1 like a trap Jesus says that just as a **trap** closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 21 35 qh1b ἐπεισελεύσεται…ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους 1 it will come upon all Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people sitting”
|
||
LUK 21 35 m484 figs-metaphor τοὺς καθημένους 1 who are sitting Jesus speaks of **sitting** to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 35 ry3f figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς 1 on the face of the whole earth Jesus speaks of the surface of the **earth** as if it were the outward part or **face** of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 auh8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Jesus uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 m4l4 figs-hyperbole ἀγρυπνεῖτε…ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ 1 stay awake in every time The expression **in every time** means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “always continue to watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 m485 figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 stay awake Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 m486 figs-explicit ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 stay awake The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 m487 figs-metaphor καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 and to stand before the Son of Man Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 h83d figs-metaphor καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 and to stand before the Son of Man Here, **stand** is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in [Psalm 130:3](../psa/130/03.md), “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 m488 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 21 36 m489 figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 37 tfe8 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
LUK 21 37 zh1m figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 21 37 m490 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 21 37 m491 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 21 38 m492 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 1 all the people The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 21 38 bky8 figs-ellipsis ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 were getting up early to him Here Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 21 38 cbx2 figs-explicit ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 to hear him The implication is that the people wanted to **hear** Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 21 38 m493 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)<br>2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)<br>3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)<br>4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)<br>5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[22:14–20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”<br><br>Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 22 1 q8fa grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 1 m494 figs-activepassive ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα 1 which is called the Passover If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was coming near Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
|
||
LUK 22 2 m496 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 22 2 n9v6 figs-explicit τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they might kill him These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 2 aij5 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν 1 for they were fearing the people These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 2 m497 figs-explicit τὸν λαόν 1 the people This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
|
||
LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 22 4 qpi4 figs-explicit στρατηγοῖς 1 captains The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 4 s7qx writing-pronouns πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν 1 how he might deliver him to them The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 5 ir4p ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
|
||
LUK 22 5 usn7 figs-metonymy αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 to give him silver Luke is speaking of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 6 r6xx τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν 1 to deliver him Alternate translation: “to help the leaders arrest Jesus”
|
||
LUK 22 6 bw75 ἄτερ ὄχλου 1 away from the crowd Alternate translation: “when there was no crowd around him”
|
||
LUK 22 7 veh1 figs-explicit ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Day of Unleavened Bread This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-metonymy ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 8 abcs writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 8 m504 figs-youdual πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε 1 Going, prepare Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 22 8 nkz4 figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Going The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 us … that we may eat Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 22 8 m505 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 9 j52e figs-exclusive θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 do you wish that we should prepare it Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **we** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 22 9 s8yw figs-verbs ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 that we should prepare it Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them … you … you … follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 22 10 c13w figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you. Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
|
||
LUK 22 10 a677 translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 a pitcher of water This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 say to the master of the house, ‘The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||
LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος 1 and that one Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
|
||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον μέγα 1 upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 22 13 g9ty figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες 1 they went The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 13 m508 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 14 j1dn figs-idiom ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα 1 when the hour came Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 14 lnc6 translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 he reclined to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 15 hue3 figs-explicitinfo ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα 1 With desire I have desired Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you could use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||
LUK 22 15 m509 figs-metonymy τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα 1 this Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 15 s1sj figs-metonymy πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν 1 before I suffer Jesus is referring to his death by association with the way that he will **suffer** much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 16 m510 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 22 16 gbj7 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 22 16 m511 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ 1 I will certainly not eat it Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 16 k28r figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 17 l5e6 figs-metonymy δεξάμενος ποτήριον 1 he took a cup Luke is using the term **cup** to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 17 d7pc εὐχαριστήσας 1 having given thanks Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
|
||
LUK 22 17 xvm7 figs-metonymy διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς 1 divide it among yourselves Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 18 m512 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 22 18 m78n λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus is using this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 22 18 h5tl figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 of the fruit of the vine Jesus is referring to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 18 crv5 figs-personification ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ 1 until the kingdom of God comes Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of God** as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 22 18 m513 figs-abstractnouns ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ 1 until the kingdom of God comes See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 19 m514 translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 bread The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in [9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 19 nd2m figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 bread Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 19 m515 εὐχαριστήσας 1 when he had given thanks Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
|
||
LUK 22 19 d3yc ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
|
||
LUK 22 19 m516 figs-explicit καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 and gave to them The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 19 d8r1 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 This is my body See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
|
||
LUK 22 19 lc9m figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον 1 which is given for you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 19 cxy5 figs-explicit τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν 1 Do this in my remembrance Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 20 m517 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ ποτήριον 1 And the cup Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup … This cup In each case, the term **cup** means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 20 gc8h figs-explicit ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου 1 the new covenant in my blood In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 20 v4d3 figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 which is poured out for you Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 21 swj1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 21 g6ks figs-synecdoche ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης 1 the hand of the one betraying me is with me on the table Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 22 21 m518 figs-metonymy μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης 1 is with me on the table Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 22 wtj2 translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 22 22 mk3q figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται 1 the Son of Man indeed goes Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 22 22 m519 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται 1 the Son of Man indeed goes See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 22 m520 figs-euphemism πορεύεται 1 goes Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 22 22 p2qa figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον 1 according to what has been determined If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 22 wy2s figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται 1 through whom he is betrayed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 24 yyw9 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 Then Luke may use the word **Then** simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 22 24 y9ce δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων 1 seems to be greater Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
|
||
LUK 22 24 m521 μείζων 1 greater Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
|
||
LUK 22 25 m522 figs-explicit οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the kings of the nations Here Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by **the nations** he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “The kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 25 zjf5 κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 lord it over them Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
|
||
LUK 22 25 tw4y figs-irony εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται 1 are called Benefactors The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 22 25 m523 figs-activepassive καλοῦνται 1 are called If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 25 m524 translate-names εὐεργέται 1 Benefactors This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 22 26 ne9r ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως 1 But you be not thus Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
|
||
LUK 22 26 m525 ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος 1 let the greater among you become like the younger As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
|
||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater … the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 22 26 cdq7 figs-metonymy ὁ νεώτερος 1 the younger This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 26 y4n1 ὁ διακονῶν 1 the one who serves Alternate translation: “a servant”
|
||
LUK 22 27 mw2l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 22 27 jt7r figs-rquestion τίς…μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν? 1 who is greater, the one who reclines to eat, or the one who serves? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 27 n3dl translate-unknown ὁ ἀνακείμενος 1 the one who reclines to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 27 lu3a figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος? 1 Is it not the one who reclines to eat? Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 27 qbn6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν 1 But I am in the midst of you as one who serves Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in [22:19](../22/19.md). [John 13:4–5](../jhn/13/04.md) also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 28 i9xb οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου 1 the ones who have continued with me in my trials Alternate translation: “the ones who have stayed with me through my struggles”
|
||
LUK 22 29 w4pd κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν 1 And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And so, just as my Father has given a kingdom to me, I am giving one to you”
|
||
LUK 22 29 nly5 figs-abstractnouns κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν 1 And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “And so I am giving you the authority to rule, just as my Father has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 29 m527 grammar-connect-logic-result κἀγὼ 1 And I Jesus uses this expression to indicate that what he is about to say is the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “And so I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 22 29 ii65 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 22 30 m528 figs-metonymy ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου 1 so that you may eat and drink at my table Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in [22:16](../22/16.md). But he may also be referring to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s **table**. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 30 m529 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου 1 in my kingdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 30 us1j translate-symaction καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων 1 sit on thrones Rulers have **thrones** that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 22 30 m530 figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς…τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the 12 tribes of Israel Here Jesus uses the term **tribes** to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 31 t8qd Σίμων, Σίμων 1 Simon, Simon Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon”
|
||
LUK 22 31 m532 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 31 m534 ἐξῃτήσατο 1 has asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
|
||
LUK 22 31 m535 translate-unknown ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 to sift you as wheat To **sift wheat** means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with **wheat**, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-simile ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat Jesus is using this comparison to say that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 22 31 m536 figs-explicit ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 31 dmw8 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 22 32 m537 ἐγὼ…ἐδεήθην 1 I have asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
|
||
LUK 22 32 pd1t figs-you ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ 1 you … your … you … you … your Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 22 32 zp8w figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου 1 that your faith may not fail If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verb **fail** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 22 32 qxk7 figs-metaphor ποτε ἐπιστρέψας 1 when you have turned back This expression refers to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 32 f9v8 figs-explicit στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 strengthen your brothers The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to **strengthen** the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 32 r7ux figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers Jesus is using the term **brothers** to mean someone who shares the same belief. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 32 m538 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers Here Jesus has the other apostles, who are all men, initially in view. But he may also want Simon to strengthen the faith of any of his other disciples, male or female, who need encouragement. In that case, he would be using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
LUK 22 33 m539 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 But he said to him Here **he** refers to Simon, who was also known as Peter, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Jesus calls him Peter in the next verse. So that your readers will know that Jesus is talking to the same man there, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “But Simon Peter said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 34 m540 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “But Jesus answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 34 m541 λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||
LUK 22 34 tu15 οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι 1 the rooster will not crow today before you will deny three times that you know me If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “before the rooster crows today, you will deny three times that you know me”
|
||
LUK 22 34 pwj1 figs-metonymy οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως 1 the rooster will not crow today before Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 34 eq7h translate-unknown οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως 1 the rooster will not crow today before A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 34 m542 figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
LUK 22 34 m543 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων 1 without a money bag and sack and sandals As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
LUK 22 36 m546 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 36 q717 translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 cloak See how you translated **cloak** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 n73l translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 m547 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
|
||
LUK 22 37 g4l7 figs-activepassive τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 this that is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 m548 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 this that is written Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 u9jx figs-activepassive δεῖ τελεσθῆναι 1 must be accomplished in me If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 m549 figs-quotesinquotes τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 And he was reckoned with the lawless If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 jz9d figs-nominaladj μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 37 se1d figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει 1 For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 figs-explicit ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 39 zaw6 writing-background ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 22 39 m550 translate-names τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this place in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 22 40 m551 figs-synecdoche γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 when he came to the place Jesus and his disciples came to the garden together. Here **he** refers to Jesus and **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives, he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 22 40 b6pz figs-abstractnouns προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Pray not to enter into temptation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 40 m552 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Pray not to enter into temptation The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν 1 about the throw of a stone This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 41 m553 translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα 1 having put down his knees As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 22 42 y51l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 22 42 m554 figs-youformal εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν 1 if you are willing … yours Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||
LUK 22 42 ic7y figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 42 m555 figs-imperative παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 22 42 zw2y figs-imperative πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω 1 But let not my will, but yours, happen This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 22 43 m556 translate-textvariants Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν 1 And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 22 43 m557 figs-idiom Ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him **Appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 44 m558 translate-textvariants Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 And being in agony, he was praying more earnestly, and his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 22 44 m559 ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο 1 he was praying more earnestly This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
|
||
LUK 22 44 m560 figs-simile Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 22 45 m561 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 22 45 m562 ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having risen up from the prayer, he came to the disciples Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
|
||
LUK 22 45 gb3z figs-abstractnouns εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης 1 found them sleeping from the sorrow If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 46 in7g figs-rquestion τί καθεύδετε? 1 Why are you sleeping? Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 46 nl7w figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 46 m563 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 m564 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 m565 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας 1 the one called Judas If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 m567 figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 one of the Twelve See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 mva7 figs-explicit προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 47 c2l7 translate-symaction φιλῆσαι αὐτόν 1 to kiss him In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 22 48 e2n9 figs-rquestion φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως? 1 are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 48 zvk8 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 22 48 m569 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 49 njs1 οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν 1 those who were around him The expression **the ones around him** refers to Jesus' disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him,”
|
||
LUK 22 49 y5za figs-explicit τὸ ἐσόμενον 1 what was going to happen If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 49 m570 figs-idiom εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 if we will strike with the sword This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 49 m571 figs-synecdoche εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 if we will strike with the sword The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a **sword**, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 22 49 gv81 figs-explicit εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 if we will strike with the sword Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords; should we use them now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 50 b4ij writing-participants εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain one of them Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 22 50 f2fm figs-explicit ἐπάταξεν…τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 struck the servant of the high priest The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 51 m572 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 answering Jesus said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 22 51 rcp5 figs-idiom ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου 1 Allow up to this This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 51 c6pz figs-explicit ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν 1 touching his ear, he healed him It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s **ear**, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 52 m573 figs-explicit στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 captains of the temple See how you translated this phrase in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 52 fa7z figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? 1 Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 52 m574 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? 1 Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 52 m575 figs-simile ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν 1 as against a robber If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
LUK 22 52 m576 figs-metonymy μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων 1 swords and clubs Jesus is speaking of these weapons, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 53 a6qu figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 22 53 c4is figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 you did not lay your hands on me As in [20:19](../20/19.md), here this expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 53 gw9n figs-idiom αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα 1 this is your hour Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 53 mzb4 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους 1 and the authority of the darkness Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the **hour** further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 22 53 m577 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους 1 and the authority of the darkness Jesus is referring to Satan as **darkness**. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 22 54 mtp8 figs-explicit ἤγαγον 1 they led him away If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 54 m578 writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν 1 And Peter was following from a distance Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 22 54 m579 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν 1 And Peter was following from a distance If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Peter followed **from a distance**. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 55 b3x7 writing-pronouns περιαψάντων…πῦρ 1 they having kindled a fire Here the pronoun **they** does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 55 m580 writing-participants περιαψάντων…πῦρ 1 they having kindled a fire Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 22 55 m581 figs-explicit πῦρ 1 a fire Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 55 qx64 figs-explicit ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς 1 in the middle of the courtyard Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 55 m8ew μέσος αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them Alternate translation: “there together with them”
|
||
LUK 22 56 m582 writing-participants ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις 1 Then a certain female servant, seeing him Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 22 56 fm4t καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 sitting towards the light Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
|
||
LUK 22 56 fxz3 figs-explicit καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν 1 and looking steadily at him, said Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 56 zu63 figs-explicit καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This one also was with him This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 57 dzq9 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο 1 But he denied it Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
|
||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 γύναι 1 Woman Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
|
||
LUK 22 58 m583 writing-participants ἕτερος 1 another Luke uses the word **another** to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 22 58 i65s καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ 1 You are also of them Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
|
||
LUK 22 58 cyv7 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Peter addresses this person as **Man** because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
|
||
LUK 22 59 m584 διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς 1 about one hour having passed You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
|
||
LUK 22 59 m585 writing-participants ἄλλος τις 1 a certain other one Luke uses this expression to introduce a further character into the story. Alternate translation: “yet another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 22 59 h5tb διϊσχυρίζετο 1 was insisting Alternate translation: “kept saying loudly”
|
||
LUK 22 59 fc42 οὗτος 1 this one The phrase **this one** refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name. Alternate translation: “this man”
|
||
LUK 22 59 qwf7 figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 for he is also a Galilean The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. If it wold be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he speaks with a Galilean accent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 59 m586 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 for he is also a Galilean If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 22 60 ck93 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man See how you translated **Man** in [22:58](../22/58.md). Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him **Man**. Alternate translation: “Sir”
|
||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 60 p6c5 writing-pronouns ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 while he was still speaking The pronoun **he** refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 60 lt62 translate-unknown ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ 1 a rooster crowed See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the Lord … the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus … of the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 22 61 dpk1 figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Luke is using the term **word** to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 61 kkq8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 a rooster crows See how you translated this phrase in [22:60](../22/60.md) and the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 61 ui26 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today See how you translated **today** in [22:34](../22/34.md). The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 61 zjc6 ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 you will deny me three times Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
|
||
LUK 22 62 m5gu figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω, ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς 1 going outside, he wept bitterly As the note to [22:55](../22/55.md) explains, this was an open-air courtyard, so the people in it were already outside in that sense. This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house, and he wept bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 63 abcu writing-pronouns οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες 1 the men who were holding him mocked and beat him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in both cases. Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 64 zn1p translate-unknown καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν 1 And having blindfolded him A “blindfold” is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “They covered his eyes so that he could not see, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 22 64 cl2v figs-irony προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε? 1 Prophesy! Who is the one who hit you? The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. When they called Jesus a prophet, they were saying the opposite of what they believed to be true. They were only calling him a prophet to mock him. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 22 64 m587 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε? 1 Who is the one who hit you? The guards do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 64 q4g1 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. Alternate translation: “Speak words from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 65 m588 βλασφημοῦντες 1 blaspheming him **Blaspheming** can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [5:21](../05/21.md). It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in [20:6](../20/06.md). By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
|
||
LUK 22 66 v9m2 καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 And when it became day Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
|
||
LUK 22 66 vp8u writing-pronouns ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν 1 they led him into their Sanhedrin The pronoun **they** does not necessarily refer to **the elders**. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 22 66 m589 figs-explicit τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν 1 their Sanhedrin The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 66 cboi figs-metonymy τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν 1 their Sanhedrin Luke is using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean by association the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin, their ruling council, met” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 66 m590 translate-names Συνέδριον 1 Sanhedrin **Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 22 67 br8y λέγοντες 1 saying It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
|
||
LUK 22 67 h12k εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν 1 If you are the Christ, tell us This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
|
||
LUK 22 67 g8iy figs-hypo ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If I told you, you would certainly not believe Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 22 68 l7nz figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε 1 and if I questioned you, you would certainly not answer Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 22 68 m591 figs-explicit ἐὰν…ἐρωτήσω 1 if I questioned you The implicit meaning is that Jesus would **question** them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 69 z3ea ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν 1 from now on Alternate translation: “after this”
|
||
LUK 22 69 p8kt figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 22 69 m592 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 69 m593 figs-activepassive ἔσται…καθήμενος 1 will be seated If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 22 69 nka9 translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 at the right hand of the power of God To sit at the **right hand … of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 22 69 h4n3 figs-hendiadys τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 22 70 udh2 figs-explicit σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore are you the Son of God The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 70 l4j7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 22 70 jtr9 figs-idiom ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 You are saying that I am This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 22 71 u3m3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 22 71 m594 figs-explicit τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 22 71 m595 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν 1 do we have … we ourselves have heard The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 22 71 m596 grammar-connect-logic-result αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we ourselves have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 2 m599 figs-explicit κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 to accuse him The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 we found … our nation The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 23 2 im4v figs-metaphor διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 misleading our nation The Jewish leaders speak of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 2 xsa4 κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι 1 forbidding to give tribute Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
|
||
LUK 23 2 l68k figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [20:22](../20/22.md). The Jewish leaders are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 3 m600 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη 3 answering him he said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 23 3 ve4s figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so Like the similar expression in [22:70](../22/70.md), this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 4 fx7d writing-participants καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 and the crowds Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 23 4 s8fi figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ 1 I find no cause in this man Pilate means implicitly **no cause** to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 5 m601 writing-pronouns οἱ…ἐπίσχυον 1 they were insisting The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 5 yy6w figs-metaphor ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν 1 He stirs up the people The Jewish leaders speak as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 5 cr78 καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε 1 beginning from Galilee as far as here It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
|
||
LUK 23 6 vvp6 figs-explicit Πειλᾶτος…ἀκούσας 1 when Pilate heard this As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “when Pilate heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 6 px94 figs-quotations ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 he asked whether the man was a Galilean If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 23 6 dr1s figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man The term **the man** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 7 cbn1 figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι 1 when he learned that The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν 1 he was under the authority of Herod The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 7 ay2i figs-explicit ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην 1 he sent him to Herod The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 7 ys2n figs-idiom ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 8 z3zz writing-pronouns θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he had been desiring to see him … because he had heard about him In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 8 b424 figs-activepassive ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον 1 he was hoping to see some sign happen by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 9 hbp3 figs-metonymy ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς 1 he questioned him in many words Luke is using the term **words** to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 9 c8li οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ 1 he answered him nothing If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
|
||
LUK 23 10 lpu6 ἵστήκεισαν 1 stood by Alternate translation: “were standing there”
|
||
LUK 23 10 hn8g εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ 1 vehemently accusing him Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
|
||
LUK 23 11 m602 ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν 1 despised him This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||
LUK 23 11 qt1c figs-explicit περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν 1 Putting elegant clothing around him Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 12 b6f1 figs-explicit ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 12 x7r8 grammar-connect-logic-result προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς 1 for they were previously being in hostility between themselves If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 23 13 d7gn writing-participants τὸν λαὸν 1 the people This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 dh77 figs-explicit εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον 1 said to them, “You brought this man to me” By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 wsw6 figs-metaphor ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν 1 as turning the people away Here Pilate uses a figurative term that is similar to the one that the council members use in [23:2](../23/02.md) when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of **turning the people away** from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 m603 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Pilate uses the term **behold** to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 m604 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας 1 I, having examined him before you For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun **I** here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 m605 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον 1 I, having examined him before you, found nothing The term **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him in your presence, and I have found nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 ee53 figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον 1 I, having examined him before you, found nothing The implication is that the Jewish leaders were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him with you present as witnesses, and I have found nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 14 e517 οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 found nothing in this man as cause for what you are accusing against him See how you translated the similar expression in [23:4](../23/04.md). Alternate translation: “found no grounds to convict this man on the charges you are making against him”
|
||
LUK 23 15 h623 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης 1 But neither did Herod Here Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 23 15 bn7l grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 for he sent him back to us If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 23 15 i2ba figs-exclusive πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 to us Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word **us** includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 23 15 gs4m figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ 1 nothing worthy of death has been done by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 16 p5wa figs-explicit παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 Therefore, having punished him, I will release him Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 16 m606 figs-synecdoche παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν 1 having punished him Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 23 17 m607 translate-textvariants Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα 1 And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 23 17 m608 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And This verse uses the word **But** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 17 m609 writing-pronouns Ἀνάγκην…εἶχεν 1 he had obligation The pronoun **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 17 m610 figs-nominaladj ἕνα 1 one This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 17 m611 figs-synecdoche κατὰ ἑορτὴν 1 at every feast This verse uses the general term **feast** to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 23 18 v7pf writing-pronouns ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ 1 they cried out all together The pronoun **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-imperative αἶρε τοῦτον 1 Take away this one This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 23 18 m612 figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 but release to us Barabbas This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 23 18 i6pj figs-exclusive ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν 1 release to us When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 23 19 vd6b writing-background ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 19 qdv7 figs-activepassive ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 19 zl1f figs-explicit διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 for a certain rebellion that happened in the city If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 20 vbp4 writing-pronouns πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς 1 again addressed them The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 20 t1i2 grammar-connect-logic-result θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 desiring to release Jesus If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 23 21 m614 translate-unknown σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 21 m615 figs-imperative σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he spoke to them a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 For what evil has this one done? Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 23 22 de5a οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 No cause for death have I found in him Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
|
||
LUK 23 22 mij1 figs-explicit παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 Therefore, having punished him, I will release him See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 22 m616 figs-synecdoche παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 having punished him, I will release him Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 23 23 sni4 figs-metonymy φωναῖς μεγάλαις 1 with loud voices Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 23 pst8 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι 1 for him to be crucified If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 23 pgz9 figs-personification κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν 1 their voices prevailed Luke speaks of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 23 24 m617 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 23 24 tfw2 γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν 1 for their demand to happen Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
|
||
LUK 23 25 nwd3 figs-explicit τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 the one who had been put in prison If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 25 t66f figs-activepassive βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 who had been put in prison If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 25 z8v8 figs-personification τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν 1 he handed over Jesus to their will Luke speaks of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 as they led him away Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
|
||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon … they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 26 m618 writing-background Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 26 m619 writing-participants Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 23 26 m620 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrenean The term **Cyrenean** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 23 26 i5ua ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 coming from the country Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
|
||
LUK 23 26 fub3 ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν 1 they put the cross on him Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
|
||
LUK 23 26 y3p6 ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to carry behind Jesus Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
|
||
LUK 23 27 ad9f ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν 1 a great crowd of the people was following him, and of women The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
|
||
LUK 23 27 s7gx writing-background καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν 1 and of women who were mourning and wailing for him Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 27 m621 translate-symaction ἐκόπτοντο 1 mourning See the note to **mourning** at [8:52](../08/52.md), and see how you translated this word there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 23 27 bp3x ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ 1 was following him Here, the word **following** is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
|
||
LUK 23 28 nl38 figs-metaphor θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Daughters of Jerusalem As in [13:34](../13/34.md), Jesus is describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 28 wi15 figs-explicit ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 weep for yourselves and for your children Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in [23:31](../23/31.md) is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 s9uj translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 rd8v figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 bjb7 figs-idiom ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days are coming in which Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 xi9e writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν 1 in which they will say Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 m622 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 they will say, ‘Blessed are the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 rgj1 figs-parallelism αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse After speaking of women who were **barren**, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 23 29 m623 figs-synecdoche αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 te1i grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Then Here, **Then** does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time that they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 u1x1 writing-pronouns ἄρξονται λέγειν 1 they will begin to say Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 m624 figs-apostrophe λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’ Jesus is saying that at this time people will address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 m625 figs-quotesinquotes λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 m626 figs-imperative πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us … Cover us This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 m627 figs-explicit πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us … Cover us The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 30 m628 figs-exclusive πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us … Cover us When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 nkk3 figs-metaphor ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry? This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in [21:20–24](../21/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 y238 figs-rquestion ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry? Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 m629 writing-pronouns ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν 1 they do these things Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 m630 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ 1 in the moist tree This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is fresh” or “when the wood is wet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 m631 figs-metonymy ξύλῳ 1 tree Jesus is using the term **tree** to refer to wood that comes from a **tree**. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 m632 translate-unknown ξύλῳ 1 tree A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 zt5s figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 31 m633 figs-nominaladj ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 32 m634 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 32 w8yj figs-activepassive ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away with him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 32 m635 figs-verbs ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 23 32 m636 writing-participants ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 And others, two criminals, were also being led away Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 23 32 m2nh figs-distinguish ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||
LUK 23 32 m637 figs-activepassive ἀναιρεθῆναι 1 to be put to death If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 33 wj2q writing-pronouns ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον 1 when they came to the place The pronoun **they** includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 33 m638 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον 1 that is called If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 33 m639 translate-names Κρανίον 1 The Skull **The Skull** is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 23 33 i3vx writing-pronouns ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him In this case the pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 33 m640 translate-unknown ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 33 bjr2 figs-nominaladj ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν 1 one at the right and one at the left Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 m641 translate-textvariants 0 But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 m642 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 m643 grammar-connect-logic-result 0 Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 m644 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 m645 figs-imperative 0 forgive them This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 qbj8 writing-pronouns διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 Then, dividing up his garments, they threw lots The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 34 uk4s translate-unknown ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 they threw lots The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 a2h5 figs-explicit καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 And the people stood by watching, and the rulers were also ridiculing him The implication is that the **people** who **stood by watching** were also **ridiculing** Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 m646 figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 the rulers Here **rulers** refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 t7mb figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 m647 figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 m648 figs-hypo ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 He saved others, let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 m3f6 figs-explicit σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 let him save himself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 a963 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 35 m649 translate-names ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 23 36 b3jz figs-explicit ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ 1 Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 37 x5wr figs-hypo εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
LUK 23 37 m650 figs-explicit σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 save yourself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 38 l5be figs-metonymy ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 there was also an inscription over him Luke is referring to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 38 w7aw figs-irony ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 there was also an inscription over him The soliders did not really believe that Jesus was **the King of the Jews**. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 23 39 m651 figs-activepassive κρεμασθέντων 1 having been hung If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 39 z9ej ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν 1 blasphemed him As in [22:65](../22/65.md), the term **blasphemed** here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
|
||
LUK 23 39 tmy7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός? 1 Are you not the Christ? The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 23 39 g6uk figs-irony σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 Save yourself and us The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
LUK 23 39 m652 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Since this criminal is using the term **us** to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 23 40 lb4e figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη 1 But answering, the other, rebuking him, said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 23 40 m653 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 23 40 m654 figs-explicit οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 40 m655 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ 1 you are under the same judgment The second criminal is using the word **judgment** to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 23 41 i4gm figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς…δικαίως 1 we justly The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 23 41 m657 figs-nominaladj ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 1 worthy of what we did The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 42 mht9 writing-pronouns καὶ ἔλεγεν 1 And he said The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 42 j9d9 figs-idiom μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 42 m658 figs-imperative μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 23 42 zyv3 figs-idiom ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 when you come into your kingdom To **come into** a **kingdom** means to begin to rule as king, as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 43 abcv writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 23 43 n6w9 ἀμήν, σοι λέγω 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the criminal. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
LUK 23 43 m659 σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 today you will be with me in paradise See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of how the term **today** belongs with this promise that Jesus is making to the criminal, and not with the introduction to the statement. Alternate translation: “you will be with me in paradise today”
|
||
LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 in paradise See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
|
||
LUK 23 44 m660 writing-background καὶ ἦν ἤδη 1 And it was already Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
|
||
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
|
||
LUK 23 44 m662 figs-metonymy σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 23 45 hjt3 figs-personification τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος 1 The sun failed This means that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 23 45 m664 translate-symaction ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 23 45 ssh2 figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 45 ah4k figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 was torn If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 45 m665 figs-explicit μέσον 1 in the middle The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 46 z1fq figs-idiom φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 crying out with a loud voice This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 46 r4ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 23 46 mix5 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 into your hands I entrust my spirit Jesus is using God’s **hands** to represent God’s care. Alternate translation: “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 23 46 m666 τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 my spirit The **spirit** of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
|
||
LUK 23 46 bd6y figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 he breathed out Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
LUK 23 47 p6lh figs-explicit ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης 1 the centurion The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 47 m667 figs-explicit τὸ γενόμενον 1 the thing having happened This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 47 m668 ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων 1 glorified God, saying This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
|
||
LUK 23 47 c2ti ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν 1 this man was righteous Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
|
||
LUK 23 48 gt8y figs-explicit συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην 1 that had come together for this spectacle The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 48 whs7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεφον 1 returned The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 48 ft9q translate-symaction τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη 1 beating their breasts As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 23 49 m669 figs-nominaladj πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 23 49 m670 figs-explicit πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30–33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11–13](../22/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 49 xzh8 figs-explicit γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 the women who followed him from Galilee Here, **followed** does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in [8:2–3](../08/02.md), who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 49 s74u ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “what happened”
|
||
LUK 23 50 cbj7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 50 ud7p writing-participants ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
LUK 23 50 m671 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph **Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 23 50 wx2z figs-explicit βουλευτὴς 1 a council member The term **council** refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in [22:66](../22/66.md). You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated this phrase there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 50 m672 figs-doublet ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a good and righteous man The terms **good** and **righteous** mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 23 51 m673 writing-background (οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν) 1 (he had not agreed with the council and their action) Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 51 m674 figs-hendiadys τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν 1 the council and their action Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word **and**, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 23 51 ddr1 figs-explicit τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν 1 the council and their action If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 51 rba6 figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 from Arimathea, a city of the Jews Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally **from Arimathea**. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 51 m675 translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea **Arimathea** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 23 51 m676 figs-idiom ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who was waiting for the kingdom of God As in [2:25](../02/25.md) and [2:38](../02/38.md), the term **waiting** does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 52 tk6r figs-explicit οὗτος 1 This one **This one** implicitly means Joseph. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that it was Joseph who went to Pilate by using his name, as UST does, or by saying “this man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 52 m677 figs-explicit οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 This one, approaching Pilate, requested the body of Jesus The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to [12:5](../12/05.md) explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 53 ec9d grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 23 53 f5bq translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι 1 he wrapped it in a linen cloth This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 53 pxhf translate-unknown σινδόνι 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 53 yy3n translate-unknown μνήματι λαξευτῷ 1 a hewn tomb This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could express that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 53 m5wu figs-doublenegatives οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος 1 where no one ever had lain Here Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
LUK 23 54 m678 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||
LUK 23 54 tia9 figs-explicit ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς 1 it was the Day of Preparation If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **Day** was used in **Preparation** for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 54 b4i1 figs-metaphor Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν 1 the Sabbath was dawning For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks of this day **dawning** to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 23 55 pu3i figs-idiom αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ 1 who had come out of Galilee with him The expression **had come out** is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 23 55 m679 figs-ellipsis κατακολουθήσασαι 1 having followed after Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 23 55 m680 figs-hendiadys τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 the tomb and how his body was laid Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 23 55 nhd9 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 how his body was laid If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 23 56 sm68 figs-explicit ὑποστρέψασαι 1 returning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 56 mj6q figs-explicit ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα 1 they prepared spices and ointments In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these **spices and ointments** to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 23 56 m681 translate-unknown ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα 1 spices and ointments The **spices** were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the **ointments** were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with **spices and ointments**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 23 56 uzk9 ἡσύχασαν 1 they rested Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
|
||
LUK 23 56 tk6s κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν 1 according to the commandment Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
|
||
LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1–12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13–35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36–53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38–43](../24/38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||
LUK 24 1 m682 figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 24 1 m683 figs-idiom ὄρθρου βαθέως 1 deeply at dawn This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 1 qg7a writing-pronouns ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν 1 they came to the tomb The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55–56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 2 jq9p εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 they found the stone rolled away Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
|
||
LUK 24 2 l6uk figs-activepassive τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 the stone rolled away If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 2 t4mf figs-explicit τὸν λίθον 1 the stone Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the entrance to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 3 m684 εἰσελθοῦσαι 1 having entered Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
|
||
LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 24 4 m685 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 and Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
LUK 24 4 m686 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified … they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed their faces toward the ground Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 24 5 abcw figs-verbs εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 they said to them If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 24 5 fs3y figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Why are you seeking the living among the dead? The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 24 5 m687 figs-nominaladj τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the living among the dead The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 24 6 m688 figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 6 awf1 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 6 s8k5 μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν 1 Remember how he spoke to you Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
|
||
LUK 24 6 m689 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
LUK 24 6 m690 ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ 1 to you, still being in Galilee Alternate translation: “to you when he was still in Galilee”
|
||
LUK 24 7 sj3u figs-quotations λέγων…ὅτι 1 saying that These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 pl6b figs-activepassive τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…παραδοθῆναι 1 for the Son of Man to be delivered If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 m691 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 m692 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 e4ca figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 into the hands of sinful men As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 m693 figs-activepassive καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 and to be crucified If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 m694 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι 1 and on the third day to rise up See how you translated this phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 24 7 m695 figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise up Jesus spoke of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 8 rew5 figs-metonymy ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 they remembered his words Luke is using the term **words** to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 9 iz68 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated this term there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 9 fnh6 figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 and to all the rest Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 24 10 m698 translate-names Ἰωάννα 1 Joanna **Joanna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 10 m699 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 Mary the mother of James **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **James** is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 11 m700 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 24 11 apl7 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these words Luke is using the term **words** to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 11 m701 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν 1 before them Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 11 m702 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 and This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 24 11 m703 writing-pronouns ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς 1 they disbelieved them The word **they** refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word **them** refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 12 rm1d figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rising up This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “taking initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 12 ax6s figs-explicit παρακύψας 1 stooping down Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 12 m704 βλέπει 1 he sees To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
|
||
LUK 24 12 n1tg figs-explicit τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα 1 only the linen cloths The phrase **the linen cloths** refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 12 d6i2 translate-unknown τὰ ὀθόνια 1 The term **linen cloths** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 24 12 m705 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός 1 he went away, wondering to himself what had happened This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
|
||
LUK 24 13 emc5 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 24 13 m706 writing-background δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν 1 on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
LUK 24 13 e8gx writing-pronouns δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 two of them The word **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 13 s5n1 figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that same day Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 13 m707 σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς 1 that was named Emmaus, 60 stadia from Jerusalem It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
|
||
LUK 24 13 d8jk translate-names Ἐμμαοῦς 1 Emmaus **Emmaus** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 13 cea7 translate-bdistance σταδίους ἑξήκοντα 1 60 stadia The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
LUK 24 14 m708 figs-explicit πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων 1 all these things that had happened If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **these things** means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 15 m709 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 24 15 b3sl writing-pronouns αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus himself The word **himself** emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 15 m710 ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς 1 approaching, was going with them Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
|
||
LUK 24 16 q6nk figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 24 16 m711 figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses the term **held**, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 16 m712 figs-activepassive οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 17 xak8 figs-youdual αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν 1 them … you are exchanging … you are walking … they stood still Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 24 17 m713 figs-metonymy οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 these words that you are exchanging with each other Jesus is using the term **words** to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 17 m714 ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί 1 they stood still, gloomy Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
|
||
LUK 24 18 m715 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν 1 Then, answering, one named Cleopas said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
LUK 24 18 bqc9 translate-names Κλεοπᾶς 1 Cleopas **Cleopas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 18 qx7m figs-rquestion σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις? 1 Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things that have happened in her in these days? Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 24 18 m717 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in her Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 18 m718 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in these days Cleopas is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 aj5c figs-explicit ποῖα 1 What kind This implicitly means, “**What kind** of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 m719 figs-verbs οἱ…εἶπαν 1 they said Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 m720 translate-names Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ 1 Jesus the Nazarene The term **Nazarene** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated his name in [18:37](../18/37.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 m721 figs-idiom ἀνὴρ, προφήτης 1 a man, a prophet This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 m722 figs-metonymy δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ 1 powerful in work and word The two men are using the term **work** to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 x25r figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of God and all the people This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of **God**, it means that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of **the people**, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 19 m723 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 24 20 m724 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word **our** would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 24 20 e5zt figs-metonymy παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν…εἰς κρίμα θανάτου 1 delivered him to a judgment of death The men are using the **judgment of death**, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 20 m725 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν 1 and crucified him The men speak as if their **chief priests** and **rulers** crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 24 21 ei9t figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἠλπίζομεν 1 we were hoping The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so **we** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 24 21 ljb1 figs-metaphor ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 the one who was going to redeem Israel See how you translated the similar expression in [2:38](../02/38.md). The word **redeem** means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 21 m726 figs-personification τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Israel The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
LUK 24 21 d52i figs-idiom ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις 1 But indeed also with all these things The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 21 sg3g figs-explicit τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 some women among us Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
|
||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb early The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
|
||
LUK 24 23 m728 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν 1 and not finding his body, they came If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you could continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
|
||
LUK 24 24 m729 τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν 1 some of those with us Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
|
||
LUK 24 24 m730 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 24 24 m731 figs-explicit εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον 1 they found it thus, just as the women had indeed said If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 24 fkw9 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον 1 they did not see him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 25 m732 figs-nominaladj ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 24 25 m733 figs-youdual ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual form if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||
LUK 24 25 vg3z figs-metaphor καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 and slow in heart to believe The term **heart** represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 25 m734 figs-metonymy καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 and slow in heart to believe The word **slow** represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 25 m735 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται 1 all that the prophets have spoken The term **all** is a generalization that refers specifically to what the prophets said about the Messiah. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 24 26 n85k figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ? 1 Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory? Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 24 26 m736 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 and to enter into his glory This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 24 26 f8es figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter into his glory If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to receive a glorious position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses … the prophets Luke is using the name **Moses** to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 27 m737 καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 and from all the prophets The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
|
||
LUK 24 28 m738 figs-verbs ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο 1 they drew near to the village where they were going The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 figs-explicit αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 he acted as if he would travel farther This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 m739 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged … us … them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-ellipsis παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 m741 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 s6ps figs-parallelism πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 m742 figs-explicit πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 m743 figs-metonymy κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 the day has already declined The disciples are referring to the sun as **the day**, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 29 tgi6 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 3 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 24 30 k6ud writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 24 30 m744 translate-unknown ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 when he had reclined at the table with them See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
LUK 24 30 ecm2 εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed it Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
|
||
LUK 24 30 m745 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 them The pronoun **them** would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 31 h4yr figs-metonymy αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 their eyes were opened Here, **eyes** represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 31 m746 figs-activepassive αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 their eyes were opened If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 31 yev2 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 he became invisible from them Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 m747 figs-verbs εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 they said … our … us … us This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 inw4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς? 1 Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures? The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 m748 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “It was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 m749 figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 m750 figs-possession οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you could make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 m751 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν 1 our heart The men are using the term **heart** to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our … us … us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
LUK 24 32 xy6p figs-metaphor ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς 1 as he opened to us the Scriptures Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 33 qi47 figs-verbs ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον 1 rising up … they returned … they found These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||
LUK 24 33 ar2c figs-idiom ἀναστάντες 1 rising up As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 33 m753 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that same hour Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 33 m754 figs-activepassive εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 33 dw85 translate-names τοὺς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven See how you translated this term in [24:9](../24/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 34 kyn4 λέγοντας 1 saying The word **saying** applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
|
||
LUK 24 34 m755 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here the apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
LUK 24 34 m756 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord has been raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 34 m757 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 and The apostles and disciples use the word **and** to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 24 34 m758 figs-activepassive ὤφθη Σίμωνι 1 he has been seen by Simon If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 34 m759 translate-names Σίμωνι 1 Simon This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 35 m760 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς 1 they … them These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 35 fb1r figs-ellipsis τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the things on the way Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 24 35 mnn2 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς 1 how he was made known to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 35 y3f8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of the bread Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 36 m761 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 they The pronoun **they** refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 36 rt8d figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἔστη 1 he himself stood Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 36 q7yl ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
|
||
LUK 24 36 pnl1 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you As the note to the similar phrase in [10:5](../10/05.md) explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 37 i2tu grammar-connect-logic-result πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν 1 being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 24 37 m762 figs-activepassive πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν 1 being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being frightened** with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 37 kf17 figs-doublet πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι 1 being frightened and becoming terrified These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 24 37 z4q5 figs-explicit ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν 1 they thought they were seeing a spirit If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 37 q9rf πνεῦμα 1 a spirit In this context, the term **spirit** refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
|
||
LUK 24 38 jj1h figs-rquestion τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you troubled, and why are doubts arising in your heart? Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
LUK 24 38 m763 figs-activepassive τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ 1 Why have you been troubled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 38 m764 figs-metaphor διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 why are doubts arising in your heart Jesus is using the term **arising** to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 38 m765 figs-explicit διαλογισμοὶ 1 doubts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 38 m766 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one **heart**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
|
||
LUK 24 38 m767 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart As in [24:35](../24/35.md), the **heart** represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 39 m768 figs-metonymy ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου 1 See my hands and my feet Jesus is telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion by reference to where those marks are, in his **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 39 m769 figs-rpronouns ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός 1 that I myself am Jesus uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he genuinely is who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 39 a12n grammar-connect-logic-result ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε, ὅτι πνεῦμα σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα 1 Touch me and see, for a spirit does not have flesh and bones as you see me having If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since a ghost does not have a physical body, as you see that I have, touch me to determine that my body is real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
LUK 24 39 m770 figs-metaphor καὶ ἴδετε 1 and see Here, **see** does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 39 tf2v figs-merism σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα 1 flesh and bones Jesus is describing the human body by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 24 40 qm9p figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 his hands and his feet As in [24:39](../24/39.md), this means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 41 m771 figs-doublet ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων 1 And as they were still disbelieving and wonderingg These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
LUK 24 41 m772 figs-explicit ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων 1 And as they were still disbelieving and wondering If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 41 hr4f figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from the joy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 41 m773 τι βρώσιμον 1 anything eatable Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
|
||
LUK 24 43 tyh4 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν 1 he ate it before them Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 43 j8qf figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν 1 he ate it before them This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 44 m774 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 These are my words that I spoke to you Jesus is using the term **words** to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 44 tfk8 ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν 1 when I was still with you Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
|
||
LUK 24 44 q7x8 figs-merism πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms Jesus is referring to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
LUK 24 44 g76a figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things having been written about me If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 44 m776 translate-names ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις 1 in the law of Moses, and in the prophets Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
LUK 24 44 m777 figs-synecdoche καὶ ψαλμοῖς 1 in the Psalms Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 24 44 m778 figs-activepassive δεῖ πληρωθῆναι 1 must be fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 45 qf61 figs-idiom διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 he opened their mind This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
LUK 24 45 m779 αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 their mind If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one **mind**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
|
||
LUK 24 46 cwr5 figs-activepassive οὕτως γέγραπται 1 Thus it has been written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 46 m780 figs-synecdoche παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν 1 the Christ would suffer Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 24 46 e75f figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 rise up Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 46 m781 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
LUK 24 46 m782 figs-explicit τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day See how you translated this phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
LUK 24 47 m783 figs-abstractnouns κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 47 w5j5 figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 47 lty6 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here the **name** of the Messiah represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 47 w1ha figs-metonymy εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 to all the nations The term **nations** refers to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 47 wiq7 figs-explicit ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 beginning from Jerusalem The word **beginning** is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 48 wp38 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων 1 You are witnesses of these things The implication is that because the disciples are **witnesses** of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 49 m2lm figs-explicit τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 the promise of my Father This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 49 ynm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
LUK 24 49 m784 figs-imperative ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε 1 But you stay This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
LUK 24 49 m785 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 in the city This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
LUK 24 49 c4iv figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν 1 until you put on power Jesus speaks of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
LUK 24 49 l46b figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Jesus uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
LUK 24 50 cm9a translate-symaction ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his hands This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
LUK 24 51 dzr3 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
LUK 24 51 clx9 figs-activepassive ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 he was carried up into heaven Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
LUK 24 52 kzy4 προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 having worshiped him Alternate translation: “after worshiping him there”
|
||
LUK 24 52 m786 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης 1 with great joy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “happily.” Alternate translation: “very happily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
LUK 24 53 m787 figs-ellipsis διὰ παντὸς 1 through all Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
LUK 24 53 wa3d figs-hyperbole διὰ παντὸς 1 through all Luke means that the disciples were in the temple **through all** the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
LUK 24 53 edm3 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
LUK 24 53 pex4 εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν 1 blessing God Alternate translation: “worshiping God”
|